blob: 2ca0102b57b74f03106c33d20052d08ce9f5eac2 [file] [log] [blame]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001#
Wolfgang Denkeca3aeb2013-06-21 10:22:36 +02002# (C) Copyright 2000 - 2013
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003# Wolfgang Denk, DENX Software Engineering, wd@denx.de.
4#
Wolfgang Denkeca3aeb2013-06-21 10:22:36 +02005# SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006#
7
8Summary:
9========
10
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000011This directory contains the source code for U-Boot, a boot loader for
wdenke86e5a02004-10-17 21:12:06 +000012Embedded boards based on PowerPC, ARM, MIPS and several other
13processors, which can be installed in a boot ROM and used to
14initialize and test the hardware or to download and run application
15code.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000016
17The development of U-Boot is closely related to Linux: some parts of
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000018the source code originate in the Linux source tree, we have some
19header files in common, and special provision has been made to
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000020support booting of Linux images.
21
22Some attention has been paid to make this software easily
23configurable and extendable. For instance, all monitor commands are
24implemented with the same call interface, so that it's very easy to
25add new commands. Also, instead of permanently adding rarely used
26code (for instance hardware test utilities) to the monitor, you can
27load and run it dynamically.
28
29
30Status:
31=======
32
33In general, all boards for which a configuration option exists in the
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000034Makefile have been tested to some extent and can be considered
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000035"working". In fact, many of them are used in production systems.
36
Robert P. J. Day7207b362015-12-19 07:16:10 -050037In case of problems see the CHANGELOG file to find out who contributed
38the specific port. In addition, there are various MAINTAINERS files
39scattered throughout the U-Boot source identifying the people or
40companies responsible for various boards and subsystems.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000041
Robert P. J. Day7207b362015-12-19 07:16:10 -050042Note: As of August, 2010, there is no longer a CHANGELOG file in the
43actual U-Boot source tree; however, it can be created dynamically
44from the Git log using:
Robert P. J. Dayadb9d852012-11-14 02:03:20 +000045
46 make CHANGELOG
47
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000048
49Where to get help:
50==================
51
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000052In case you have questions about, problems with or contributions for
Robert P. J. Day7207b362015-12-19 07:16:10 -050053U-Boot, you should send a message to the U-Boot mailing list at
Peter Tyser0c325652008-09-10 09:18:34 -050054<u-boot@lists.denx.de>. There is also an archive of previous traffic
55on the mailing list - please search the archive before asking FAQ's.
56Please see http://lists.denx.de/pipermail/u-boot and
57http://dir.gmane.org/gmane.comp.boot-loaders.u-boot
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000058
59
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010060Where to get source code:
61=========================
62
Robert P. J. Day7207b362015-12-19 07:16:10 -050063The U-Boot source code is maintained in the Git repository at
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010064git://www.denx.de/git/u-boot.git ; you can browse it online at
65http://www.denx.de/cgi-bin/gitweb.cgi?p=u-boot.git;a=summary
66
67The "snapshot" links on this page allow you to download tarballs of
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +020068any version you might be interested in. Official releases are also
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010069available for FTP download from the ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/
70directory.
71
Anatolij Gustschind4ee7112008-03-26 18:13:33 +010072Pre-built (and tested) images are available from
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010073ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/images/
74
75
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000076Where we come from:
77===================
78
79- start from 8xxrom sources
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000080- create PPCBoot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/ppcboot)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000081- clean up code
82- make it easier to add custom boards
83- make it possible to add other [PowerPC] CPUs
84- extend functions, especially:
85 * Provide extended interface to Linux boot loader
86 * S-Record download
87 * network boot
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +020088 * PCMCIA / CompactFlash / ATA disk / SCSI ... boot
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000089- create ARMBoot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/armboot)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000090- add other CPU families (starting with ARM)
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000091- create U-Boot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/u-boot)
Magnus Lilja0d28f342008-08-06 19:32:33 +020092- current project page: see http://www.denx.de/wiki/U-Boot
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000093
94
95Names and Spelling:
96===================
97
98The "official" name of this project is "Das U-Boot". The spelling
99"U-Boot" shall be used in all written text (documentation, comments
100in source files etc.). Example:
101
102 This is the README file for the U-Boot project.
103
104File names etc. shall be based on the string "u-boot". Examples:
105
106 include/asm-ppc/u-boot.h
107
108 #include <asm/u-boot.h>
109
110Variable names, preprocessor constants etc. shall be either based on
111the string "u_boot" or on "U_BOOT". Example:
112
113 U_BOOT_VERSION u_boot_logo
114 IH_OS_U_BOOT u_boot_hush_start
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000115
116
wdenk93f19cc2002-12-17 17:55:09 +0000117Versioning:
118===========
119
Thomas Weber360d8832010-09-28 08:06:25 +0200120Starting with the release in October 2008, the names of the releases
121were changed from numerical release numbers without deeper meaning
122into a time stamp based numbering. Regular releases are identified by
123names consisting of the calendar year and month of the release date.
124Additional fields (if present) indicate release candidates or bug fix
125releases in "stable" maintenance trees.
wdenk93f19cc2002-12-17 17:55:09 +0000126
Thomas Weber360d8832010-09-28 08:06:25 +0200127Examples:
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +0000128 U-Boot v2009.11 - Release November 2009
Thomas Weber360d8832010-09-28 08:06:25 +0200129 U-Boot v2009.11.1 - Release 1 in version November 2009 stable tree
Jelle van der Waa0de21ec2016-10-30 17:30:30 +0100130 U-Boot v2010.09-rc1 - Release candidate 1 for September 2010 release
wdenk93f19cc2002-12-17 17:55:09 +0000131
132
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000133Directory Hierarchy:
134====================
135
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500136/arch Architecture specific files
Masahiro Yamada6eae68e2014-03-07 18:02:02 +0900137 /arc Files generic to ARC architecture
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500138 /arm Files generic to ARM architecture
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500139 /avr32 Files generic to AVR32 architecture
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500140 /m68k Files generic to m68k architecture
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500141 /microblaze Files generic to microblaze architecture
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500142 /mips Files generic to MIPS architecture
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +0000143 /nds32 Files generic to NDS32 architecture
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500144 /nios2 Files generic to Altera NIOS2 architecture
Robert P. J. Day33c77312013-09-15 18:34:15 -0400145 /openrisc Files generic to OpenRISC architecture
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +0200146 /powerpc Files generic to PowerPC architecture
Robert P. J. Day7207b362015-12-19 07:16:10 -0500147 /sandbox Files generic to HW-independent "sandbox"
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500148 /sh Files generic to SH architecture
Robert P. J. Day33c77312013-09-15 18:34:15 -0400149 /x86 Files generic to x86 architecture
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500150/api Machine/arch independent API for external apps
151/board Board dependent files
Xu Ziyuan740f7e52016-08-26 19:54:49 +0800152/cmd U-Boot commands functions
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500153/common Misc architecture independent functions
Robert P. J. Day7207b362015-12-19 07:16:10 -0500154/configs Board default configuration files
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500155/disk Code for disk drive partition handling
156/doc Documentation (don't expect too much)
157/drivers Commonly used device drivers
Robert P. J. Day33c77312013-09-15 18:34:15 -0400158/dts Contains Makefile for building internal U-Boot fdt.
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500159/examples Example code for standalone applications, etc.
160/fs Filesystem code (cramfs, ext2, jffs2, etc.)
161/include Header Files
Robert P. J. Day7207b362015-12-19 07:16:10 -0500162/lib Library routines generic to all architectures
163/Licenses Various license files
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500164/net Networking code
165/post Power On Self Test
Robert P. J. Day7207b362015-12-19 07:16:10 -0500166/scripts Various build scripts and Makefiles
167/test Various unit test files
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500168/tools Tools to build S-Record or U-Boot images, etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000169
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000170Software Configuration:
171=======================
172
173Configuration is usually done using C preprocessor defines; the
174rationale behind that is to avoid dead code whenever possible.
175
176There are two classes of configuration variables:
177
178* Configuration _OPTIONS_:
179 These are selectable by the user and have names beginning with
180 "CONFIG_".
181
182* Configuration _SETTINGS_:
183 These depend on the hardware etc. and should not be meddled with if
184 you don't know what you're doing; they have names beginning with
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200185 "CONFIG_SYS_".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000186
Robert P. J. Day7207b362015-12-19 07:16:10 -0500187Previously, all configuration was done by hand, which involved creating
188symbolic links and editing configuration files manually. More recently,
189U-Boot has added the Kbuild infrastructure used by the Linux kernel,
190allowing you to use the "make menuconfig" command to configure your
191build.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000192
193
194Selection of Processor Architecture and Board Type:
195---------------------------------------------------
196
197For all supported boards there are ready-to-use default
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +0200198configurations available; just type "make <board_name>_defconfig".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000199
200Example: For a TQM823L module type:
201
202 cd u-boot
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +0200203 make TQM823L_defconfig
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000204
Robert P. J. Day7207b362015-12-19 07:16:10 -0500205Note: If you're looking for the default configuration file for a board
206you're sure used to be there but is now missing, check the file
207doc/README.scrapyard for a list of no longer supported boards.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000208
Simon Glass75b3c3a2014-03-22 17:12:59 -0600209Sandbox Environment:
210--------------------
211
212U-Boot can be built natively to run on a Linux host using the 'sandbox'
213board. This allows feature development which is not board- or architecture-
214specific to be undertaken on a native platform. The sandbox is also used to
215run some of U-Boot's tests.
216
Jagannadha Sutradharudu Teki6b1978f2014-08-31 21:19:43 +0530217See board/sandbox/README.sandbox for more details.
Simon Glass75b3c3a2014-03-22 17:12:59 -0600218
219
Simon Glassdb910352015-03-03 08:03:00 -0700220Board Initialisation Flow:
221--------------------------
222
223This is the intended start-up flow for boards. This should apply for both
Robert P. J. Day7207b362015-12-19 07:16:10 -0500224SPL and U-Boot proper (i.e. they both follow the same rules).
Simon Glassdb910352015-03-03 08:03:00 -0700225
Robert P. J. Day7207b362015-12-19 07:16:10 -0500226Note: "SPL" stands for "Secondary Program Loader," which is explained in
227more detail later in this file.
228
229At present, SPL mostly uses a separate code path, but the function names
230and roles of each function are the same. Some boards or architectures
231may not conform to this. At least most ARM boards which use
232CONFIG_SPL_FRAMEWORK conform to this.
233
234Execution typically starts with an architecture-specific (and possibly
235CPU-specific) start.S file, such as:
236
237 - arch/arm/cpu/armv7/start.S
238 - arch/powerpc/cpu/mpc83xx/start.S
239 - arch/mips/cpu/start.S
240
241and so on. From there, three functions are called; the purpose and
242limitations of each of these functions are described below.
Simon Glassdb910352015-03-03 08:03:00 -0700243
244lowlevel_init():
245 - purpose: essential init to permit execution to reach board_init_f()
246 - no global_data or BSS
247 - there is no stack (ARMv7 may have one but it will soon be removed)
248 - must not set up SDRAM or use console
249 - must only do the bare minimum to allow execution to continue to
250 board_init_f()
251 - this is almost never needed
252 - return normally from this function
253
254board_init_f():
255 - purpose: set up the machine ready for running board_init_r():
256 i.e. SDRAM and serial UART
257 - global_data is available
258 - stack is in SRAM
259 - BSS is not available, so you cannot use global/static variables,
260 only stack variables and global_data
261
262 Non-SPL-specific notes:
263 - dram_init() is called to set up DRAM. If already done in SPL this
264 can do nothing
265
266 SPL-specific notes:
267 - you can override the entire board_init_f() function with your own
268 version as needed.
269 - preloader_console_init() can be called here in extremis
270 - should set up SDRAM, and anything needed to make the UART work
271 - these is no need to clear BSS, it will be done by crt0.S
272 - must return normally from this function (don't call board_init_r()
273 directly)
274
275Here the BSS is cleared. For SPL, if CONFIG_SPL_STACK_R is defined, then at
276this point the stack and global_data are relocated to below
277CONFIG_SPL_STACK_R_ADDR. For non-SPL, U-Boot is relocated to run at the top of
278memory.
279
280board_init_r():
281 - purpose: main execution, common code
282 - global_data is available
283 - SDRAM is available
284 - BSS is available, all static/global variables can be used
285 - execution eventually continues to main_loop()
286
287 Non-SPL-specific notes:
288 - U-Boot is relocated to the top of memory and is now running from
289 there.
290
291 SPL-specific notes:
292 - stack is optionally in SDRAM, if CONFIG_SPL_STACK_R is defined and
293 CONFIG_SPL_STACK_R_ADDR points into SDRAM
294 - preloader_console_init() can be called here - typically this is
295 done by defining CONFIG_SPL_BOARD_INIT and then supplying a
296 spl_board_init() function containing this call
297 - loads U-Boot or (in falcon mode) Linux
298
299
300
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000301Configuration Options:
302----------------------
303
304Configuration depends on the combination of board and CPU type; all
305such information is kept in a configuration file
306"include/configs/<board_name>.h".
307
308Example: For a TQM823L module, all configuration settings are in
309"include/configs/TQM823L.h".
310
311
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +0000312Many of the options are named exactly as the corresponding Linux
313kernel configuration options. The intention is to make it easier to
314build a config tool - later.
315
316
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000317The following options need to be configured:
318
Kim Phillips26281142007-08-10 13:28:25 -0500319- CPU Type: Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_MPC85XX.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000320
Kim Phillips26281142007-08-10 13:28:25 -0500321- Board Type: Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_MPC8540ADS.
Wolfgang Denk6ccec442006-10-24 14:42:37 +0200322
323- CPU Daughterboard Type: (if CONFIG_ATSTK1000 is defined)
Haavard Skinnemoen09ea0de2007-11-01 12:44:20 +0100324 Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_ATSTK1002
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000325
Lei Wencf946c62011-02-09 18:06:58 +0530326- Marvell Family Member
327 CONFIG_SYS_MVFS - define it if you want to enable
328 multiple fs option at one time
329 for marvell soc family
330
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200331- 8xx CPU Options: (if using an MPC8xx CPU)
wdenk66ca92a2004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000332 CONFIG_8xx_GCLK_FREQ - deprecated: CPU clock if
333 get_gclk_freq() cannot work
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000334 e.g. if there is no 32KHz
335 reference PIT/RTC clock
wdenk66ca92a2004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000336 CONFIG_8xx_OSCLK - PLL input clock (either EXTCLK
337 or XTAL/EXTAL)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000338
wdenk66ca92a2004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000339- 859/866/885 CPU options: (if using a MPC859 or MPC866 or MPC885 CPU):
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200340 CONFIG_SYS_8xx_CPUCLK_MIN
341 CONFIG_SYS_8xx_CPUCLK_MAX
wdenk66ca92a2004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000342 CONFIG_8xx_CPUCLK_DEFAULT
wdenk75d1ea72004-01-31 20:06:54 +0000343 See doc/README.MPC866
344
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200345 CONFIG_SYS_MEASURE_CPUCLK
wdenk75d1ea72004-01-31 20:06:54 +0000346
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +0000347 Define this to measure the actual CPU clock instead
348 of relying on the correctness of the configured
349 values. Mostly useful for board bringup to make sure
350 the PLL is locked at the intended frequency. Note
351 that this requires a (stable) reference clock (32 kHz
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200352 RTC clock or CONFIG_SYS_8XX_XIN)
wdenk75d1ea72004-01-31 20:06:54 +0000353
Heiko Schocher506f3912009-03-12 07:37:15 +0100354 CONFIG_SYS_DELAYED_ICACHE
355
356 Define this option if you want to enable the
357 ICache only when Code runs from RAM.
358
Kumar Gala66412c62011-02-18 05:40:54 -0600359- 85xx CPU Options:
York Sunffd06e02012-10-08 07:44:30 +0000360 CONFIG_SYS_PPC64
361
362 Specifies that the core is a 64-bit PowerPC implementation (implements
363 the "64" category of the Power ISA). This is necessary for ePAPR
364 compliance, among other possible reasons.
365
Kumar Gala66412c62011-02-18 05:40:54 -0600366 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_TBCLK_DIV
367
368 Defines the core time base clock divider ratio compared to the
369 system clock. On most PQ3 devices this is 8, on newer QorIQ
370 devices it can be 16 or 32. The ratio varies from SoC to Soc.
371
Kumar Gala8f290842011-05-20 00:39:21 -0500372 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PCIE_COMPAT
373
374 Defines the string to utilize when trying to match PCIe device
375 tree nodes for the given platform.
376
Scott Wood33eee332012-08-14 10:14:53 +0000377 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510
378
379 Enables a workaround for erratum A004510. If set,
380 then CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV and
381 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_CORENET_SNOOPVEC_COREONLY must be set.
382
383 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV
384 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV2 (optional)
385
386 Defines one or two SoC revisions (low 8 bits of SVR)
387 for which the A004510 workaround should be applied.
388
389 The rest of SVR is either not relevant to the decision
390 of whether the erratum is present (e.g. p2040 versus
391 p2041) or is implied by the build target, which controls
392 whether CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510 is set.
393
394 See Freescale App Note 4493 for more information about
395 this erratum.
396
Prabhakar Kushwaha74fa22e2013-04-16 13:27:44 +0530397 CONFIG_A003399_NOR_WORKAROUND
398 Enables a workaround for IFC erratum A003399. It is only
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -0800399 required during NOR boot.
Prabhakar Kushwaha74fa22e2013-04-16 13:27:44 +0530400
Prabhakar Kushwaha9f074e62014-10-29 22:33:09 +0530401 CONFIG_A008044_WORKAROUND
402 Enables a workaround for T1040/T1042 erratum A008044. It is only
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -0800403 required during NAND boot and valid for Rev 1.0 SoC revision
Prabhakar Kushwaha9f074e62014-10-29 22:33:09 +0530404
Scott Wood33eee332012-08-14 10:14:53 +0000405 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_CORENET_SNOOPVEC_COREONLY
406
407 This is the value to write into CCSR offset 0x18600
408 according to the A004510 workaround.
409
Priyanka Jain64501c62013-07-02 09:21:04 +0530410 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_DDR_ADDR
411 This value denotes start offset of DDR memory which is
412 connected exclusively to the DSP cores.
413
Priyanka Jain765b0bd2013-04-04 09:31:54 +0530414 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_M2_RAM_ADDR
415 This value denotes start offset of M2 memory
416 which is directly connected to the DSP core.
417
Priyanka Jain64501c62013-07-02 09:21:04 +0530418 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_M3_RAM_ADDR
419 This value denotes start offset of M3 memory which is directly
420 connected to the DSP core.
421
Priyanka Jain765b0bd2013-04-04 09:31:54 +0530422 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT
423 This value denotes start offset of DSP CCSR space.
424
Priyanka Jainb1359912013-12-17 14:25:52 +0530425 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_SINGLE_SOURCE_CLK
426 Single Source Clock is clocking mode present in some of FSL SoC's.
427 In this mode, a single differential clock is used to supply
428 clocks to the sysclock, ddrclock and usbclock.
429
Aneesh Bansalfb4a2402014-03-18 23:40:26 +0530430 CONFIG_SYS_CPC_REINIT_F
431 This CONFIG is defined when the CPC is configured as SRAM at the
Bin Menga1875592016-02-05 19:30:11 -0800432 time of U-Boot entry and is required to be re-initialized.
Aneesh Bansalfb4a2402014-03-18 23:40:26 +0530433
Tang Yuantianaade2002014-04-17 15:33:46 +0800434 CONFIG_DEEP_SLEEP
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -0800435 Indicates this SoC supports deep sleep feature. If deep sleep is
Tang Yuantianaade2002014-04-17 15:33:46 +0800436 supported, core will start to execute uboot when wakes up.
437
Daniel Schwierzeck6cb461b2012-04-02 02:57:56 +0000438- Generic CPU options:
York Sun2a1680e2014-05-02 17:28:04 -0700439 CONFIG_SYS_GENERIC_GLOBAL_DATA
440 Defines global data is initialized in generic board board_init_f().
441 If this macro is defined, global data is created and cleared in
442 generic board board_init_f(). Without this macro, architecture/board
443 should initialize global data before calling board_init_f().
444
Daniel Schwierzeck6cb461b2012-04-02 02:57:56 +0000445 CONFIG_SYS_BIG_ENDIAN, CONFIG_SYS_LITTLE_ENDIAN
446
447 Defines the endianess of the CPU. Implementation of those
448 values is arch specific.
449
York Sun5614e712013-09-30 09:22:09 -0700450 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR
451 Freescale DDR driver in use. This type of DDR controller is
452 found in mpc83xx, mpc85xx, mpc86xx as well as some ARM core
453 SoCs.
454
455 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_ADDR
456 Freescale DDR memory-mapped register base.
457
458 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_EMU
459 Specify emulator support for DDR. Some DDR features such as
460 deskew training are not available.
461
462 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN1
463 Freescale DDR1 controller.
464
465 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN2
466 Freescale DDR2 controller.
467
468 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN3
469 Freescale DDR3 controller.
470
York Sun34e026f2014-03-27 17:54:47 -0700471 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN4
472 Freescale DDR4 controller.
473
York Sun9ac4ffb2013-09-30 14:20:51 -0700474 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_ARM_GEN3
475 Freescale DDR3 controller for ARM-based SoCs.
476
York Sun5614e712013-09-30 09:22:09 -0700477 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR1
478 Board config to use DDR1. It can be enabled for SoCs with
479 Freescale DDR1 or DDR2 controllers, depending on the board
480 implemetation.
481
482 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR2
Robert P. J. Day62a3b7d2016-07-15 13:44:45 -0400483 Board config to use DDR2. It can be enabled for SoCs with
York Sun5614e712013-09-30 09:22:09 -0700484 Freescale DDR2 or DDR3 controllers, depending on the board
485 implementation.
486
487 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR3
488 Board config to use DDR3. It can be enabled for SoCs with
York Sun34e026f2014-03-27 17:54:47 -0700489 Freescale DDR3 or DDR3L controllers.
490
491 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR3L
492 Board config to use DDR3L. It can be enabled for SoCs with
493 DDR3L controllers.
494
495 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR4
496 Board config to use DDR4. It can be enabled for SoCs with
497 DDR4 controllers.
York Sun5614e712013-09-30 09:22:09 -0700498
Prabhakar Kushwaha1b4175d2014-01-18 12:28:30 +0530499 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_IFC_BE
500 Defines the IFC controller register space as Big Endian
501
502 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_IFC_LE
503 Defines the IFC controller register space as Little Endian
504
Prabhakar Kushwaha1c407072017-02-02 15:01:26 +0530505 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_IFC_CLK_DIV
506 Defines divider of platform clock(clock input to IFC controller).
507
Prabhakar Kushwahaadd63f92017-02-02 15:02:00 +0530508 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_LBC_CLK_DIV
509 Defines divider of platform clock(clock input to eLBC controller).
510
Prabhakar Kushwaha690e4252014-01-13 11:28:04 +0530511 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PBL_PBI
512 It enables addition of RCW (Power on reset configuration) in built image.
513 Please refer doc/README.pblimage for more details
514
515 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PBL_RCW
516 It adds PBI(pre-boot instructions) commands in u-boot build image.
517 PBI commands can be used to configure SoC before it starts the execution.
518 Please refer doc/README.pblimage for more details
519
Prabhakar Kushwaha89ad7be2014-04-08 19:13:34 +0530520 CONFIG_SPL_FSL_PBL
521 It adds a target to create boot binary having SPL binary in PBI format
522 concatenated with u-boot binary.
523
York Sun4e5b1bd2014-02-10 13:59:42 -0800524 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_BE
525 Defines the DDR controller register space as Big Endian
526
527 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_LE
528 Defines the DDR controller register space as Little Endian
529
York Sun6b9e3092014-02-10 13:59:43 -0800530 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_SDRAM_BASE_PHY
531 Physical address from the view of DDR controllers. It is the
532 same as CONFIG_SYS_DDR_SDRAM_BASE for all Power SoCs. But
533 it could be different for ARM SoCs.
534
York Sun6b1e1252014-02-10 13:59:44 -0800535 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_INTLV_256B
536 DDR controller interleaving on 256-byte. This is a special
537 interleaving mode, handled by Dickens for Freescale layerscape
538 SoCs with ARM core.
539
York Sun1d71efb2014-08-01 15:51:00 -0700540 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_MAIN_NUM_CTRLS
541 Number of controllers used as main memory.
542
543 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_OTHER_DDR_NUM_CTRLS
544 Number of controllers used for other than main memory.
545
Prabhakar Kushwaha44937212015-11-09 16:42:07 +0530546 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_HAS_DP_DDR
547 Defines the SoC has DP-DDR used for DPAA.
548
Ruchika Gupta028dbb82014-09-09 11:50:31 +0530549 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_SEC_BE
550 Defines the SEC controller register space as Big Endian
551
552 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_SEC_LE
553 Defines the SEC controller register space as Little Endian
554
Daniel Schwierzeck92bbd642011-07-27 13:22:39 +0200555- MIPS CPU options:
556 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET
557
558 Offset relative to CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE for initial stack
559 pointer. This is needed for the temporary stack before
560 relocation.
561
562 CONFIG_SYS_MIPS_CACHE_MODE
563
564 Cache operation mode for the MIPS CPU.
565 See also arch/mips/include/asm/mipsregs.h.
566 Possible values are:
567 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_NO_WA
568 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_WA
569 CONF_CM_UNCACHED
570 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_NONCOHERENT
571 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_CE
572 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_COW
573 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_CUW
574 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_ACCELERATED
575
576 CONFIG_SYS_XWAY_EBU_BOOTCFG
577
578 Special option for Lantiq XWAY SoCs for booting from NOR flash.
579 See also arch/mips/cpu/mips32/start.S.
580
581 CONFIG_XWAY_SWAP_BYTES
582
583 Enable compilation of tools/xway-swap-bytes needed for Lantiq
584 XWAY SoCs for booting from NOR flash. The U-Boot image needs to
585 be swapped if a flash programmer is used.
586
Christian Rieschb67d8812012-02-02 00:44:39 +0000587- ARM options:
588 CONFIG_SYS_EXCEPTION_VECTORS_HIGH
589
590 Select high exception vectors of the ARM core, e.g., do not
591 clear the V bit of the c1 register of CP15.
592
York Sun207774b2015-03-20 19:28:08 -0700593 COUNTER_FREQUENCY
594 Generic timer clock source frequency.
595
596 COUNTER_FREQUENCY_REAL
597 Generic timer clock source frequency if the real clock is
598 different from COUNTER_FREQUENCY, and can only be determined
599 at run time.
600
Stephen Warren73c38932015-01-19 16:25:52 -0700601- Tegra SoC options:
602 CONFIG_TEGRA_SUPPORT_NON_SECURE
603
604 Support executing U-Boot in non-secure (NS) mode. Certain
605 impossible actions will be skipped if the CPU is in NS mode,
606 such as ARM architectural timer initialization.
607
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000608- Linux Kernel Interface:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000609 CONFIG_CLOCKS_IN_MHZ
610
611 U-Boot stores all clock information in Hz
612 internally. For binary compatibility with older Linux
613 kernels (which expect the clocks passed in the
614 bd_info data to be in MHz) the environment variable
615 "clocks_in_mhz" can be defined so that U-Boot
616 converts clock data to MHZ before passing it to the
617 Linux kernel.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000618 When CONFIG_CLOCKS_IN_MHZ is defined, a definition of
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +0100619 "clocks_in_mhz=1" is automatically included in the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000620 default environment.
621
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000622 CONFIG_MEMSIZE_IN_BYTES [relevant for MIPS only]
623
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -0800624 When transferring memsize parameter to Linux, some versions
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000625 expect it to be in bytes, others in MB.
626 Define CONFIG_MEMSIZE_IN_BYTES to make it in bytes.
627
Gerald Van Barenfec6d9e2008-06-03 20:34:45 -0400628 CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
Wolfgang Denkf57f70a2005-10-13 01:45:54 +0200629
630 New kernel versions are expecting firmware settings to be
Gerald Van Baren213bf8c2007-03-31 12:23:51 -0400631 passed using flattened device trees (based on open firmware
632 concepts).
633
634 CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
635 * New libfdt-based support
636 * Adds the "fdt" command
Kim Phillips3bb342f2007-08-10 14:34:14 -0500637 * The bootm command automatically updates the fdt
Gerald Van Baren213bf8c2007-03-31 12:23:51 -0400638
Marcel Ziswilerb55ae402009-09-09 21:18:41 +0200639 OF_CPU - The proper name of the cpus node (only required for
640 MPC512X and MPC5xxx based boards).
641 OF_SOC - The proper name of the soc node (only required for
642 MPC512X and MPC5xxx based boards).
Wolfgang Denkf57f70a2005-10-13 01:45:54 +0200643 OF_TBCLK - The timebase frequency.
Kumar Galac2871f02006-01-11 13:59:02 -0600644 OF_STDOUT_PATH - The path to the console device
Wolfgang Denkf57f70a2005-10-13 01:45:54 +0200645
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200646 boards with QUICC Engines require OF_QE to set UCC MAC
647 addresses
Kim Phillips3bb342f2007-08-10 14:34:14 -0500648
Kumar Gala4e253132006-01-11 13:54:17 -0600649 CONFIG_OF_BOARD_SETUP
650
651 Board code has addition modification that it wants to make
652 to the flat device tree before handing it off to the kernel
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000653
Simon Glassc654b512014-10-23 18:58:54 -0600654 CONFIG_OF_SYSTEM_SETUP
655
656 Other code has addition modification that it wants to make
657 to the flat device tree before handing it off to the kernel.
658 This causes ft_system_setup() to be called before booting
659 the kernel.
660
Heiko Schocher3887c3f2009-09-23 07:56:08 +0200661 CONFIG_OF_IDE_FIXUP
662
663 U-Boot can detect if an IDE device is present or not.
664 If not, and this new config option is activated, U-Boot
665 removes the ATA node from the DTS before booting Linux,
666 so the Linux IDE driver does not probe the device and
667 crash. This is needed for buggy hardware (uc101) where
668 no pull down resistor is connected to the signal IDE5V_DD7.
669
Igor Grinberg7eb29392011-07-14 05:45:07 +0000670 CONFIG_MACH_TYPE [relevant for ARM only][mandatory]
671
672 This setting is mandatory for all boards that have only one
673 machine type and must be used to specify the machine type
674 number as it appears in the ARM machine registry
675 (see http://www.arm.linux.org.uk/developer/machines/).
676 Only boards that have multiple machine types supported
677 in a single configuration file and the machine type is
678 runtime discoverable, do not have to use this setting.
679
Niklaus Giger0b2f4ec2008-11-03 22:13:47 +0100680- vxWorks boot parameters:
681
682 bootvx constructs a valid bootline using the following
Bin Meng9e98b7e2015-10-07 20:19:17 -0700683 environments variables: bootdev, bootfile, ipaddr, netmask,
684 serverip, gatewayip, hostname, othbootargs.
Niklaus Giger0b2f4ec2008-11-03 22:13:47 +0100685 It loads the vxWorks image pointed bootfile.
686
Niklaus Giger0b2f4ec2008-11-03 22:13:47 +0100687 Note: If a "bootargs" environment is defined, it will overwride
688 the defaults discussed just above.
689
Aneesh V2c451f72011-06-16 23:30:47 +0000690- Cache Configuration:
691 CONFIG_SYS_ICACHE_OFF - Do not enable instruction cache in U-Boot
692 CONFIG_SYS_DCACHE_OFF - Do not enable data cache in U-Boot
693 CONFIG_SYS_L2CACHE_OFF- Do not enable L2 cache in U-Boot
694
Aneesh V93bc2192011-06-16 23:30:51 +0000695- Cache Configuration for ARM:
696 CONFIG_SYS_L2_PL310 - Enable support for ARM PL310 L2 cache
697 controller
698 CONFIG_SYS_PL310_BASE - Physical base address of PL310
699 controller register space
700
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000701- Serial Ports:
Andreas Engel48d01922008-09-08 14:30:53 +0200702 CONFIG_PL010_SERIAL
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000703
704 Define this if you want support for Amba PrimeCell PL010 UARTs.
705
Andreas Engel48d01922008-09-08 14:30:53 +0200706 CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000707
708 Define this if you want support for Amba PrimeCell PL011 UARTs.
709
710 CONFIG_PL011_CLOCK
711
712 If you have Amba PrimeCell PL011 UARTs, set this variable to
713 the clock speed of the UARTs.
714
715 CONFIG_PL01x_PORTS
716
717 If you have Amba PrimeCell PL010 or PL011 UARTs on your board,
718 define this to a list of base addresses for each (supported)
719 port. See e.g. include/configs/versatile.h
720
Karicheri, Muralidharand57dee52014-04-09 15:38:46 -0400721 CONFIG_SERIAL_HW_FLOW_CONTROL
722
723 Define this variable to enable hw flow control in serial driver.
724 Current user of this option is drivers/serial/nsl16550.c driver
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000725
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000726- Console Interface:
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000727 Depending on board, define exactly one serial port
728 (like CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SMC1, CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SMC2,
729 CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SCC1, ...), or switch off the serial
730 console by defining CONFIG_8xx_CONS_NONE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000731
732 Note: if CONFIG_8xx_CONS_NONE is defined, the serial
733 port routines must be defined elsewhere
734 (i.e. serial_init(), serial_getc(), ...)
735
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000736- Console Baudrate:
737 CONFIG_BAUDRATE - in bps
738 Select one of the baudrates listed in
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200739 CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE, see below.
740 CONFIG_SYS_BRGCLK_PRESCALE, baudrate prescale
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000741
Heiko Schocherc92fac92009-01-30 12:55:38 +0100742- Console Rx buffer length
743 With CONFIG_SYS_SMC_RXBUFLEN it is possible to define
744 the maximum receive buffer length for the SMC.
Heiko Schocher2b3f12c2009-02-10 09:31:47 +0100745 This option is actual only for 82xx and 8xx possible.
Heiko Schocherc92fac92009-01-30 12:55:38 +0100746 If using CONFIG_SYS_SMC_RXBUFLEN also CONFIG_SYS_MAXIDLE
747 must be defined, to setup the maximum idle timeout for
748 the SMC.
749
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000750- Autoboot Command:
751 CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND
752 Only needed when CONFIG_BOOTDELAY is enabled;
753 define a command string that is automatically executed
754 when no character is read on the console interface
755 within "Boot Delay" after reset.
756
757 CONFIG_BOOTARGS
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000758 This can be used to pass arguments to the bootm
759 command. The value of CONFIG_BOOTARGS goes into the
760 environment value "bootargs".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000761
762 CONFIG_RAMBOOT and CONFIG_NFSBOOT
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000763 The value of these goes into the environment as
764 "ramboot" and "nfsboot" respectively, and can be used
765 as a convenience, when switching between booting from
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200766 RAM and NFS.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000767
Heiko Schochereda0ba32013-11-04 14:04:59 +0100768- Bootcount:
769 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_LIMIT
770 Implements a mechanism for detecting a repeating reboot
771 cycle, see:
772 http://www.denx.de/wiki/view/DULG/UBootBootCountLimit
773
774 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_ENV
775 If no softreset save registers are found on the hardware
776 "bootcount" is stored in the environment. To prevent a
777 saveenv on all reboots, the environment variable
778 "upgrade_available" is used. If "upgrade_available" is
779 0, "bootcount" is always 0, if "upgrade_available" is
780 1 "bootcount" is incremented in the environment.
781 So the Userspace Applikation must set the "upgrade_available"
782 and "bootcount" variable to 0, if a boot was successfully.
783
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000784- Pre-Boot Commands:
785 CONFIG_PREBOOT
786
787 When this option is #defined, the existence of the
788 environment variable "preboot" will be checked
789 immediately before starting the CONFIG_BOOTDELAY
790 countdown and/or running the auto-boot command resp.
791 entering interactive mode.
792
793 This feature is especially useful when "preboot" is
794 automatically generated or modified. For an example
795 see the LWMON board specific code: here "preboot" is
796 modified when the user holds down a certain
797 combination of keys on the (special) keyboard when
798 booting the systems
799
800- Serial Download Echo Mode:
801 CONFIG_LOADS_ECHO
802 If defined to 1, all characters received during a
803 serial download (using the "loads" command) are
804 echoed back. This might be needed by some terminal
805 emulations (like "cu"), but may as well just take
806 time on others. This setting #define's the initial
807 value of the "loads_echo" environment variable.
808
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500809- Kgdb Serial Baudrate: (if CONFIG_CMD_KGDB is defined)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000810 CONFIG_KGDB_BAUDRATE
811 Select one of the baudrates listed in
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200812 CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE, see below.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000813
814- Monitor Functions:
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500815 Monitor commands can be included or excluded
816 from the build by using the #include files
Stephen Warrenc6c621b2012-08-05 16:07:19 +0000817 <config_cmd_all.h> and #undef'ing unwanted
Joe Hershbergeref0f2f52015-06-22 16:15:30 -0500818 commands, or adding #define's for wanted commands.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000819
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500820 The default command configuration includes all commands
821 except those marked below with a "*".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000822
Marek Vasutb401b732014-03-05 19:58:39 +0100823 CONFIG_CMD_AES AES 128 CBC encrypt/decrypt
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500824 CONFIG_CMD_ASKENV * ask for env variable
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500825 CONFIG_CMD_BDI bdinfo
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500826 CONFIG_CMD_BOOTD bootd
Tom Rinid2b2ffe2014-08-14 06:42:36 -0400827 CONFIG_CMD_BOOTI * ARM64 Linux kernel Image support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500828 CONFIG_CMD_CACHE * icache, dcache
829 CONFIG_CMD_CONSOLE coninfo
Mike Frysinger710b9932010-12-21 14:19:51 -0500830 CONFIG_CMD_CRC32 * crc32
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500831 CONFIG_CMD_DHCP * DHCP support
832 CONFIG_CMD_DIAG * Diagnostics
Peter Tysera7c93102008-12-17 16:36:22 -0600833 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510 * ds4510 I2C gpio commands
834 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_INFO * ds4510 I2C info command
835 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_MEM * ds4510 I2C eeprom/sram commansd
836 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_RST * ds4510 I2C rst command
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500837 CONFIG_CMD_DTT * Digital Therm and Thermostat
838 CONFIG_CMD_ECHO echo arguments
Peter Tyser246c6922009-10-25 15:12:56 -0500839 CONFIG_CMD_EDITENV edit env variable
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500840 CONFIG_CMD_EEPROM * EEPROM read/write support
Nikita Kiryanovaa9e6042016-04-16 17:55:03 +0300841 CONFIG_CMD_EEPROM_LAYOUT* EEPROM layout aware commands
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500842 CONFIG_CMD_ELF * bootelf, bootvx
Joe Hershberger5e2b3e02012-12-11 22:16:25 -0600843 CONFIG_CMD_ENV_CALLBACK * display details about env callbacks
Joe Hershbergerfffad712012-12-11 22:16:33 -0600844 CONFIG_CMD_ENV_FLAGS * display details about env flags
Andrew Ruder88733e22013-10-22 19:07:34 -0500845 CONFIG_CMD_ENV_EXISTS * check existence of env variable
Mike Frysinger0c79cda2010-12-26 23:09:45 -0500846 CONFIG_CMD_EXPORTENV * export the environment
Stephen Warren03e2ecf2012-10-22 06:43:50 +0000847 CONFIG_CMD_EXT2 * ext2 command support
848 CONFIG_CMD_EXT4 * ext4 command support
Stephen Warren16f4d932014-01-24 20:46:37 -0700849 CONFIG_CMD_FS_GENERIC * filesystem commands (e.g. load, ls)
850 that work for multiple fs types
Christian Gmeiner59e890e2014-11-12 14:35:04 +0100851 CONFIG_CMD_FS_UUID * Look up a filesystem UUID
Mike Frysingerbdab39d2009-01-28 19:08:14 -0500852 CONFIG_CMD_SAVEENV saveenv
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500853 CONFIG_CMD_FDC * Floppy Disk Support
Stephen Warren03e2ecf2012-10-22 06:43:50 +0000854 CONFIG_CMD_FAT * FAT command support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500855 CONFIG_CMD_FLASH flinfo, erase, protect
856 CONFIG_CMD_FPGA FPGA device initialization support
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +0200857 CONFIG_CMD_FUSE * Device fuse support
Anton Staaf53fdc7e2012-12-05 14:46:29 +0000858 CONFIG_CMD_GETTIME * Get time since boot
Mike Frysingera641b972010-12-26 23:32:22 -0500859 CONFIG_CMD_GO * the 'go' command (exec code)
Kim Phillipsa000b792011-04-05 07:15:14 +0000860 CONFIG_CMD_GREPENV * search environment
Simon Glassbf36c5d2012-12-05 14:46:38 +0000861 CONFIG_CMD_HASH * calculate hash / digest
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500862 CONFIG_CMD_I2C * I2C serial bus support
863 CONFIG_CMD_IDE * IDE harddisk support
864 CONFIG_CMD_IMI iminfo
Vipin Kumar8fdf1e02012-12-16 22:32:48 +0000865 CONFIG_CMD_IMLS List all images found in NOR flash
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +0200866 CONFIG_CMD_IMLS_NAND * List all images found in NAND flash
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500867 CONFIG_CMD_IMMAP * IMMR dump support
Simon Glassaa532332014-06-11 23:29:41 -0600868 CONFIG_CMD_IOTRACE * I/O tracing for debugging
Mike Frysinger0c79cda2010-12-26 23:09:45 -0500869 CONFIG_CMD_IMPORTENV * import an environment
Joe Hershbergerc167cc02012-10-03 11:15:51 +0000870 CONFIG_CMD_INI * import data from an ini file into the env
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500871 CONFIG_CMD_IRQ * irqinfo
872 CONFIG_CMD_ITEST Integer/string test of 2 values
873 CONFIG_CMD_JFFS2 * JFFS2 Support
874 CONFIG_CMD_KGDB * kgdb
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +0200875 CONFIG_CMD_LDRINFO * ldrinfo (display Blackfin loader)
Joe Hershbergerd22c3382012-05-23 08:00:12 +0000876 CONFIG_CMD_LINK_LOCAL * link-local IP address auto-configuration
877 (169.254.*.*)
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500878 CONFIG_CMD_LOADB loadb
879 CONFIG_CMD_LOADS loads
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +0200880 CONFIG_CMD_MD5SUM * print md5 message digest
Robin Getz02c9aa12009-07-27 00:07:59 -0400881 (requires CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY and CONFIG_MD5)
Simon Glass15a33e42012-11-30 13:01:20 +0000882 CONFIG_CMD_MEMINFO * Display detailed memory information
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500883 CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY md, mm, nm, mw, cp, cmp, crc, base,
Wolfgang Denka2681702013-03-08 10:51:32 +0000884 loop, loopw
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +0200885 CONFIG_CMD_MEMTEST * mtest
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500886 CONFIG_CMD_MISC Misc functions like sleep etc
887 CONFIG_CMD_MMC * MMC memory mapped support
888 CONFIG_CMD_MII * MII utility commands
Stefan Roese68d7d652009-03-19 13:30:36 +0100889 CONFIG_CMD_MTDPARTS * MTD partition support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500890 CONFIG_CMD_NAND * NAND support
891 CONFIG_CMD_NET bootp, tftpboot, rarpboot
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +0200892 CONFIG_CMD_NFS NFS support
Peter Tysere92739d2008-12-17 16:36:21 -0600893 CONFIG_CMD_PCA953X * PCA953x I2C gpio commands
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +0000894 CONFIG_CMD_PCA953X_INFO * PCA953x I2C gpio info command
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500895 CONFIG_CMD_PCI * pciinfo
896 CONFIG_CMD_PCMCIA * PCMCIA support
897 CONFIG_CMD_PING * send ICMP ECHO_REQUEST to network
898 host
899 CONFIG_CMD_PORTIO * Port I/O
Kenneth Watersff048ea2012-12-05 14:46:30 +0000900 CONFIG_CMD_READ * Read raw data from partition
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500901 CONFIG_CMD_REGINFO * Register dump
902 CONFIG_CMD_RUN run command in env variable
Simon Glassd3049312012-12-26 09:53:36 +0000903 CONFIG_CMD_SANDBOX * sb command to access sandbox features
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500904 CONFIG_CMD_SAVES * save S record dump
Simon Glassc649e3c2016-05-01 11:36:02 -0600905 CONFIG_SCSI * SCSI Support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500906 CONFIG_CMD_SDRAM * print SDRAM configuration information
907 (requires CONFIG_CMD_I2C)
908 CONFIG_CMD_SETGETDCR Support for DCR Register access
909 (4xx only)
Eric Nelsonf61ec452012-01-31 10:52:08 -0700910 CONFIG_CMD_SF * Read/write/erase SPI NOR flash
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +0200911 CONFIG_CMD_SHA1SUM * print sha1 memory digest
Robin Getz02c9aa12009-07-27 00:07:59 -0400912 (requires CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY)
Bob Liu7d861d92013-02-05 19:05:41 +0800913 CONFIG_CMD_SOFTSWITCH * Soft switch setting command for BF60x
Wolfgang Denk74de7ae2009-04-01 23:34:12 +0200914 CONFIG_CMD_SOURCE "source" command Support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500915 CONFIG_CMD_SPI * SPI serial bus support
Luca Ceresoli7a83af02011-05-17 00:03:40 +0000916 CONFIG_CMD_TFTPSRV * TFTP transfer in server mode
Simon Glass1fb7cd42011-10-24 18:00:07 +0000917 CONFIG_CMD_TFTPPUT * TFTP put command (upload)
Joe Hershbergerda83bcd2012-10-03 12:14:57 +0000918 CONFIG_CMD_TIME * run command and report execution time (ARM specific)
919 CONFIG_CMD_TIMER * access to the system tick timer
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500920 CONFIG_CMD_USB * USB support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500921 CONFIG_CMD_CDP * Cisco Discover Protocol support
Marek Vasutc8339f52012-03-31 07:47:16 +0000922 CONFIG_CMD_MFSL * Microblaze FSL support
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +0200923 CONFIG_CMD_XIMG Load part of Multi Image
Przemyslaw Marczak89c82302014-04-02 10:20:05 +0200924 CONFIG_CMD_UUID * Generate random UUID or GUID string
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000925
926 EXAMPLE: If you want all functions except of network
927 support you can write:
928
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500929 #include "config_cmd_all.h"
930 #undef CONFIG_CMD_NET
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000931
Gerald Van Baren213bf8c2007-03-31 12:23:51 -0400932 Other Commands:
933 fdt (flattened device tree) command: CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000934
935 Note: Don't enable the "icache" and "dcache" commands
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500936 (configuration option CONFIG_CMD_CACHE) unless you know
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000937 what you (and your U-Boot users) are doing. Data
938 cache cannot be enabled on systems like the 8xx or
939 8260 (where accesses to the IMMR region must be
940 uncached), and it cannot be disabled on all other
941 systems where we (mis-) use the data cache to hold an
942 initial stack and some data.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000943
944
945 XXX - this list needs to get updated!
946
Simon Glass302a6482016-03-13 19:07:28 -0600947- Removal of commands
948 If no commands are needed to boot, you can disable
949 CONFIG_CMDLINE to remove them. In this case, the command line
950 will not be available, and when U-Boot wants to execute the
951 boot command (on start-up) it will call board_run_command()
952 instead. This can reduce image size significantly for very
953 simple boot procedures.
954
Wolfgang Denka5ecbe62013-03-23 23:50:31 +0000955- Regular expression support:
956 CONFIG_REGEX
Wolfgang Denk93e14592013-10-04 17:43:24 +0200957 If this variable is defined, U-Boot is linked against
958 the SLRE (Super Light Regular Expression) library,
959 which adds regex support to some commands, as for
960 example "env grep" and "setexpr".
Wolfgang Denka5ecbe62013-03-23 23:50:31 +0000961
Simon Glass45ba8072011-10-15 05:48:20 +0000962- Device tree:
963 CONFIG_OF_CONTROL
964 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will use a device tree
965 to configure its devices, instead of relying on statically
966 compiled #defines in the board file. This option is
967 experimental and only available on a few boards. The device
968 tree is available in the global data as gd->fdt_blob.
969
Simon Glass2c0f79e2011-10-24 19:15:31 +0000970 U-Boot needs to get its device tree from somewhere. This can
Alex Deymo82f766d2017-04-02 01:25:20 -0700971 be done using one of the three options below:
Simon Glassbbb0b122011-10-15 05:48:21 +0000972
973 CONFIG_OF_EMBED
974 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will embed a device tree
975 binary in its image. This device tree file should be in the
976 board directory and called <soc>-<board>.dts. The binary file
977 is then picked up in board_init_f() and made available through
978 the global data structure as gd->blob.
Simon Glass45ba8072011-10-15 05:48:20 +0000979
Simon Glass2c0f79e2011-10-24 19:15:31 +0000980 CONFIG_OF_SEPARATE
981 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will build a device tree
982 binary. It will be called u-boot.dtb. Architecture-specific
983 code will locate it at run-time. Generally this works by:
984
985 cat u-boot.bin u-boot.dtb >image.bin
986
987 and in fact, U-Boot does this for you, creating a file called
988 u-boot-dtb.bin which is useful in the common case. You can
989 still use the individual files if you need something more
990 exotic.
991
Alex Deymo82f766d2017-04-02 01:25:20 -0700992 CONFIG_OF_BOARD
993 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will use the device tree
994 provided by the board at runtime instead of embedding one with
995 the image. Only boards defining board_fdt_blob_setup() support
996 this option (see include/fdtdec.h file).
997
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000998- Watchdog:
999 CONFIG_WATCHDOG
1000 If this variable is defined, it enables watchdog
Detlev Zundel6abe6fb2011-04-27 05:25:59 +00001001 support for the SoC. There must be support in the SoC
1002 specific code for a watchdog. For the 8xx and 8260
1003 CPUs, the SIU Watchdog feature is enabled in the SYPCR
1004 register. When supported for a specific SoC is
1005 available, then no further board specific code should
1006 be needed to use it.
1007
1008 CONFIG_HW_WATCHDOG
1009 When using a watchdog circuitry external to the used
1010 SoC, then define this variable and provide board
1011 specific code for the "hw_watchdog_reset" function.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001012
Heiko Schocher7bae0d62015-01-21 08:38:22 +01001013 CONFIG_AT91_HW_WDT_TIMEOUT
1014 specify the timeout in seconds. default 2 seconds.
1015
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00001016- U-Boot Version:
1017 CONFIG_VERSION_VARIABLE
1018 If this variable is defined, an environment variable
1019 named "ver" is created by U-Boot showing the U-Boot
1020 version as printed by the "version" command.
Benoît Thébaudeaua1ea8e52012-08-13 15:01:14 +02001021 Any change to this variable will be reverted at the
1022 next reset.
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00001023
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001024- Real-Time Clock:
1025
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001026 When CONFIG_CMD_DATE is selected, the type of the RTC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001027 has to be selected, too. Define exactly one of the
1028 following options:
1029
1030 CONFIG_RTC_MPC8xx - use internal RTC of MPC8xx
1031 CONFIG_RTC_PCF8563 - use Philips PCF8563 RTC
Fabio Estevam4e8b7542011-10-24 06:44:15 +00001032 CONFIG_RTC_MC13XXX - use MC13783 or MC13892 RTC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001033 CONFIG_RTC_MC146818 - use MC146818 RTC
wdenk1cb8e982003-03-06 21:55:29 +00001034 CONFIG_RTC_DS1307 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1307 RTC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001035 CONFIG_RTC_DS1337 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1337 RTC
wdenk7f70e852003-05-20 14:25:27 +00001036 CONFIG_RTC_DS1338 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1338 RTC
Markus Niebel412921d2014-07-21 11:06:16 +02001037 CONFIG_RTC_DS1339 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1339 RTC
wdenk3bac3512003-03-12 10:41:04 +00001038 CONFIG_RTC_DS164x - use Dallas DS164x RTC
Tor Krill9536dfc2008-03-15 15:40:26 +01001039 CONFIG_RTC_ISL1208 - use Intersil ISL1208 RTC
wdenk4c0d4c32004-06-09 17:34:58 +00001040 CONFIG_RTC_MAX6900 - use Maxim, Inc. MAX6900 RTC
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001041 CONFIG_SYS_RTC_DS1337_NOOSC - Turn off the OSC output for DS1337
Heiko Schocher71d19f32011-03-28 09:24:22 +02001042 CONFIG_SYS_RV3029_TCR - enable trickle charger on
1043 RV3029 RTC.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001044
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001045 Note that if the RTC uses I2C, then the I2C interface
1046 must also be configured. See I2C Support, below.
1047
Peter Tysere92739d2008-12-17 16:36:21 -06001048- GPIO Support:
1049 CONFIG_PCA953X - use NXP's PCA953X series I2C GPIO
Peter Tysere92739d2008-12-17 16:36:21 -06001050
Chris Packham5dec49c2010-12-19 10:12:13 +00001051 The CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PCA953X_WIDTH option specifies a list of
1052 chip-ngpio pairs that tell the PCA953X driver the number of
1053 pins supported by a particular chip.
1054
Peter Tysere92739d2008-12-17 16:36:21 -06001055 Note that if the GPIO device uses I2C, then the I2C interface
1056 must also be configured. See I2C Support, below.
1057
Simon Glassaa532332014-06-11 23:29:41 -06001058- I/O tracing:
1059 When CONFIG_IO_TRACE is selected, U-Boot intercepts all I/O
1060 accesses and can checksum them or write a list of them out
1061 to memory. See the 'iotrace' command for details. This is
1062 useful for testing device drivers since it can confirm that
1063 the driver behaves the same way before and after a code
1064 change. Currently this is supported on sandbox and arm. To
1065 add support for your architecture, add '#include <iotrace.h>'
1066 to the bottom of arch/<arch>/include/asm/io.h and test.
1067
1068 Example output from the 'iotrace stats' command is below.
1069 Note that if the trace buffer is exhausted, the checksum will
1070 still continue to operate.
1071
1072 iotrace is enabled
1073 Start: 10000000 (buffer start address)
1074 Size: 00010000 (buffer size)
1075 Offset: 00000120 (current buffer offset)
1076 Output: 10000120 (start + offset)
1077 Count: 00000018 (number of trace records)
1078 CRC32: 9526fb66 (CRC32 of all trace records)
1079
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001080- Timestamp Support:
1081
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001082 When CONFIG_TIMESTAMP is selected, the timestamp
1083 (date and time) of an image is printed by image
1084 commands like bootm or iminfo. This option is
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001085 automatically enabled when you select CONFIG_CMD_DATE .
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001086
Karl O. Pinc923c46f2012-08-16 06:20:15 +00001087- Partition Labels (disklabels) Supported:
1088 Zero or more of the following:
1089 CONFIG_MAC_PARTITION Apple's MacOS partition table.
1090 CONFIG_DOS_PARTITION MS Dos partition table, traditional on the
1091 Intel architecture, USB sticks, etc.
1092 CONFIG_ISO_PARTITION ISO partition table, used on CDROM etc.
1093 CONFIG_EFI_PARTITION GPT partition table, common when EFI is the
1094 bootloader. Note 2TB partition limit; see
1095 disk/part_efi.c
1096 CONFIG_MTD_PARTITIONS Memory Technology Device partition table.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001097
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01001098 If IDE or SCSI support is enabled (CONFIG_CMD_IDE or
Simon Glassc649e3c2016-05-01 11:36:02 -06001099 CONFIG_SCSI) you must configure support for at
Karl O. Pinc923c46f2012-08-16 06:20:15 +00001100 least one non-MTD partition type as well.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001101
1102- IDE Reset method:
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001103 CONFIG_IDE_RESET_ROUTINE - this is defined in several
1104 board configurations files but used nowhere!
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001105
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001106 CONFIG_IDE_RESET - is this is defined, IDE Reset will
1107 be performed by calling the function
1108 ide_set_reset(int reset)
1109 which has to be defined in a board specific file
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001110
1111- ATAPI Support:
1112 CONFIG_ATAPI
1113
1114 Set this to enable ATAPI support.
1115
wdenkc40b2952004-03-13 23:29:43 +00001116- LBA48 Support
1117 CONFIG_LBA48
1118
1119 Set this to enable support for disks larger than 137GB
Heiko Schocher4b142fe2009-12-03 11:21:21 +01001120 Also look at CONFIG_SYS_64BIT_LBA.
wdenkc40b2952004-03-13 23:29:43 +00001121 Whithout these , LBA48 support uses 32bit variables and will 'only'
1122 support disks up to 2.1TB.
1123
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001124 CONFIG_SYS_64BIT_LBA:
wdenkc40b2952004-03-13 23:29:43 +00001125 When enabled, makes the IDE subsystem use 64bit sector addresses.
1126 Default is 32bit.
1127
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001128- SCSI Support:
1129 At the moment only there is only support for the
1130 SYM53C8XX SCSI controller; define
1131 CONFIG_SCSI_SYM53C8XX to enable it.
1132
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001133 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_LUN [8], CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_SCSI_ID [7] and
1134 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_DEVICE [CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_SCSI_ID *
1135 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_LUN] can be adjusted to define the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001136 maximum numbers of LUNs, SCSI ID's and target
1137 devices.
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001138 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_SYM53C8XX_CCF to fix clock timing (80Mhz)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001139
Wolfgang Denk93e14592013-10-04 17:43:24 +02001140 The environment variable 'scsidevs' is set to the number of
1141 SCSI devices found during the last scan.
Stefan Reinauer447c0312012-10-29 05:23:48 +00001142
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001143- NETWORK Support (PCI):
wdenk682011f2003-06-03 23:54:09 +00001144 CONFIG_E1000
Kyle Moffettce5207e2011-10-18 11:05:29 +00001145 Support for Intel 8254x/8257x gigabit chips.
1146
1147 CONFIG_E1000_SPI
1148 Utility code for direct access to the SPI bus on Intel 8257x.
1149 This does not do anything useful unless you set at least one
1150 of CONFIG_CMD_E1000 or CONFIG_E1000_SPI_GENERIC.
1151
1152 CONFIG_E1000_SPI_GENERIC
1153 Allow generic access to the SPI bus on the Intel 8257x, for
1154 example with the "sspi" command.
1155
1156 CONFIG_CMD_E1000
1157 Management command for E1000 devices. When used on devices
1158 with SPI support you can reprogram the EEPROM from U-Boot.
stroese53cf9432003-06-05 15:39:44 +00001159
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001160 CONFIG_EEPRO100
1161 Support for Intel 82557/82559/82559ER chips.
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001162 Optional CONFIG_EEPRO100_SROM_WRITE enables EEPROM
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001163 write routine for first time initialisation.
1164
1165 CONFIG_TULIP
1166 Support for Digital 2114x chips.
1167 Optional CONFIG_TULIP_SELECT_MEDIA for board specific
1168 modem chip initialisation (KS8761/QS6611).
1169
1170 CONFIG_NATSEMI
1171 Support for National dp83815 chips.
1172
1173 CONFIG_NS8382X
1174 Support for National dp8382[01] gigabit chips.
1175
wdenk45219c42003-05-12 21:50:16 +00001176- NETWORK Support (other):
1177
Jens Scharsigc041e9d2010-01-23 12:03:45 +01001178 CONFIG_DRIVER_AT91EMAC
1179 Support for AT91RM9200 EMAC.
1180
1181 CONFIG_RMII
1182 Define this to use reduced MII inteface
1183
1184 CONFIG_DRIVER_AT91EMAC_QUIET
1185 If this defined, the driver is quiet.
1186 The driver doen't show link status messages.
1187
Rob Herringefdd7312011-12-15 11:15:49 +00001188 CONFIG_CALXEDA_XGMAC
1189 Support for the Calxeda XGMAC device
1190
Ashok3bb46d22012-10-15 06:20:47 +00001191 CONFIG_LAN91C96
wdenk45219c42003-05-12 21:50:16 +00001192 Support for SMSC's LAN91C96 chips.
1193
wdenk45219c42003-05-12 21:50:16 +00001194 CONFIG_LAN91C96_USE_32_BIT
1195 Define this to enable 32 bit addressing
1196
Ashok3bb46d22012-10-15 06:20:47 +00001197 CONFIG_SMC91111
wdenkf39748a2004-06-09 13:37:52 +00001198 Support for SMSC's LAN91C111 chip
1199
1200 CONFIG_SMC91111_BASE
1201 Define this to hold the physical address
1202 of the device (I/O space)
1203
1204 CONFIG_SMC_USE_32_BIT
1205 Define this if data bus is 32 bits
1206
1207 CONFIG_SMC_USE_IOFUNCS
1208 Define this to use i/o functions instead of macros
1209 (some hardware wont work with macros)
1210
Heiko Schocherdc02bad2011-11-15 10:00:04 -05001211 CONFIG_DRIVER_TI_EMAC
1212 Support for davinci emac
1213
1214 CONFIG_SYS_DAVINCI_EMAC_PHY_COUNT
1215 Define this if you have more then 3 PHYs.
1216
Macpaul Linb3dbf4a52010-12-21 16:59:46 +08001217 CONFIG_FTGMAC100
1218 Support for Faraday's FTGMAC100 Gigabit SoC Ethernet
1219
1220 CONFIG_FTGMAC100_EGIGA
1221 Define this to use GE link update with gigabit PHY.
1222 Define this if FTGMAC100 is connected to gigabit PHY.
1223 If your system has 10/100 PHY only, it might not occur
1224 wrong behavior. Because PHY usually return timeout or
1225 useless data when polling gigabit status and gigabit
1226 control registers. This behavior won't affect the
1227 correctnessof 10/100 link speed update.
1228
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001229 CONFIG_SMC911X
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001230 Support for SMSC's LAN911x and LAN921x chips
1231
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001232 CONFIG_SMC911X_BASE
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001233 Define this to hold the physical address
1234 of the device (I/O space)
1235
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001236 CONFIG_SMC911X_32_BIT
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001237 Define this if data bus is 32 bits
1238
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001239 CONFIG_SMC911X_16_BIT
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001240 Define this if data bus is 16 bits. If your processor
1241 automatically converts one 32 bit word to two 16 bit
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001242 words you may also try CONFIG_SMC911X_32_BIT.
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001243
Yoshihiro Shimoda3d0075f2011-01-27 10:06:03 +09001244 CONFIG_SH_ETHER
1245 Support for Renesas on-chip Ethernet controller
1246
1247 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_USE_PORT
1248 Define the number of ports to be used
1249
1250 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_PHY_ADDR
1251 Define the ETH PHY's address
1252
Yoshihiro Shimoda68260aa2011-01-27 10:06:08 +09001253 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_CACHE_WRITEBACK
1254 If this option is set, the driver enables cache flush.
1255
Heiko Schocherb2f97cf2014-07-18 06:07:19 +02001256- PWM Support:
1257 CONFIG_PWM_IMX
Robert P. J. Day5052e812016-09-13 08:35:18 -04001258 Support for PWM module on the imx6.
Heiko Schocherb2f97cf2014-07-18 06:07:19 +02001259
Vadim Bendebury5e124722011-10-17 08:36:14 +00001260- TPM Support:
Che-liang Chiou90899cc2013-04-12 11:04:34 +00001261 CONFIG_TPM
1262 Support TPM devices.
1263
Christophe Ricard0766ad22015-10-06 22:54:41 +02001264 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_INFINEON
1265 Support for Infineon i2c bus TPM devices. Only one device
Tom Wai-Hong Tam1b393db2013-04-12 11:04:37 +00001266 per system is supported at this time.
1267
Tom Wai-Hong Tam1b393db2013-04-12 11:04:37 +00001268 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_I2C_BURST_LIMITATION
1269 Define the burst count bytes upper limit
1270
Christophe Ricard3aa74082016-01-21 23:27:13 +01001271 CONFIG_TPM_ST33ZP24
1272 Support for STMicroelectronics TPM devices. Requires DM_TPM support.
1273
1274 CONFIG_TPM_ST33ZP24_I2C
1275 Support for STMicroelectronics ST33ZP24 I2C devices.
1276 Requires TPM_ST33ZP24 and I2C.
1277
Christophe Ricardb75fdc12016-01-21 23:27:14 +01001278 CONFIG_TPM_ST33ZP24_SPI
1279 Support for STMicroelectronics ST33ZP24 SPI devices.
1280 Requires TPM_ST33ZP24 and SPI.
1281
Dirk Eibachc01939c2013-06-26 15:55:15 +02001282 CONFIG_TPM_ATMEL_TWI
1283 Support for Atmel TWI TPM device. Requires I2C support.
1284
Che-liang Chiou90899cc2013-04-12 11:04:34 +00001285 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_LPC
Vadim Bendebury5e124722011-10-17 08:36:14 +00001286 Support for generic parallel port TPM devices. Only one device
1287 per system is supported at this time.
1288
1289 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_BASE_ADDRESS
1290 Base address where the generic TPM device is mapped
1291 to. Contemporary x86 systems usually map it at
1292 0xfed40000.
1293
Reinhard Pfaube6c1522013-06-26 15:55:13 +02001294 CONFIG_CMD_TPM
1295 Add tpm monitor functions.
1296 Requires CONFIG_TPM. If CONFIG_TPM_AUTH_SESSIONS is set, also
1297 provides monitor access to authorized functions.
1298
1299 CONFIG_TPM
1300 Define this to enable the TPM support library which provides
1301 functional interfaces to some TPM commands.
1302 Requires support for a TPM device.
1303
1304 CONFIG_TPM_AUTH_SESSIONS
1305 Define this to enable authorized functions in the TPM library.
1306 Requires CONFIG_TPM and CONFIG_SHA1.
1307
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001308- USB Support:
1309 At the moment only the UHCI host controller is
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001310 supported (PIP405, MIP405, MPC5200); define
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001311 CONFIG_USB_UHCI to enable it.
1312 define CONFIG_USB_KEYBOARD to enable the USB Keyboard
wdenk30d56fa2004-10-09 22:44:59 +00001313 and define CONFIG_USB_STORAGE to enable the USB
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001314 storage devices.
1315 Note:
1316 Supported are USB Keyboards and USB Floppy drives
1317 (TEAC FD-05PUB).
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001318 MPC5200 USB requires additional defines:
1319 CONFIG_USB_CLOCK
1320 for 528 MHz Clock: 0x0001bbbb
Eric Millbrandt307ecb62009-08-13 08:32:37 -05001321 CONFIG_PSC3_USB
1322 for USB on PSC3
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001323 CONFIG_USB_CONFIG
1324 for differential drivers: 0x00001000
1325 for single ended drivers: 0x00005000
Eric Millbrandt307ecb62009-08-13 08:32:37 -05001326 for differential drivers on PSC3: 0x00000100
1327 for single ended drivers on PSC3: 0x00004100
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001328 CONFIG_SYS_USB_EVENT_POLL
Zhang Weifdcfaa12007-06-06 10:08:13 +02001329 May be defined to allow interrupt polling
1330 instead of using asynchronous interrupts
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001331
Simon Glass9ab4ce22012-02-27 10:52:47 +00001332 CONFIG_USB_EHCI_TXFIFO_THRESH enables setting of the
1333 txfilltuning field in the EHCI controller on reset.
1334
Oleksandr Tymoshenko6e9e0622014-02-01 21:51:25 -07001335 CONFIG_USB_DWC2_REG_ADDR the physical CPU address of the DWC2
1336 HW module registers.
1337
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001338- USB Device:
1339 Define the below if you wish to use the USB console.
1340 Once firmware is rebuilt from a serial console issue the
1341 command "setenv stdin usbtty; setenv stdout usbtty" and
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001342 attach your USB cable. The Unix command "dmesg" should print
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001343 it has found a new device. The environment variable usbtty
1344 can be set to gserial or cdc_acm to enable your device to
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001345 appear to a USB host as a Linux gserial device or a
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001346 Common Device Class Abstract Control Model serial device.
1347 If you select usbtty = gserial you should be able to enumerate
1348 a Linux host by
1349 # modprobe usbserial vendor=0xVendorID product=0xProductID
1350 else if using cdc_acm, simply setting the environment
1351 variable usbtty to be cdc_acm should suffice. The following
1352 might be defined in YourBoardName.h
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001353
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001354 CONFIG_USB_DEVICE
1355 Define this to build a UDC device
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001356
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001357 CONFIG_USB_TTY
1358 Define this to have a tty type of device available to
1359 talk to the UDC device
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001360
Vipin KUMARf9da0f82012-03-26 15:38:06 +05301361 CONFIG_USBD_HS
1362 Define this to enable the high speed support for usb
1363 device and usbtty. If this feature is enabled, a routine
1364 int is_usbd_high_speed(void)
1365 also needs to be defined by the driver to dynamically poll
1366 whether the enumeration has succeded at high speed or full
1367 speed.
1368
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001369 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_IS_IN_ENV
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001370 Define this if you want stdin, stdout &/or stderr to
1371 be set to usbtty.
1372
1373 mpc8xx:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001374 CONFIG_SYS_USB_EXTC_CLK 0xBLAH
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001375 Derive USB clock from external clock "blah"
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001376 - CONFIG_SYS_USB_EXTC_CLK 0x02
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001377
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001378 If you have a USB-IF assigned VendorID then you may wish to
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001379 define your own vendor specific values either in BoardName.h
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001380 or directly in usbd_vendor_info.h. If you don't define
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001381 CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER, CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME,
1382 CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID and CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID, then U-Boot
1383 should pretend to be a Linux device to it's target host.
1384
1385 CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER
1386 Define this string as the name of your company for
1387 - CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER "my company"
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001388
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001389 CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME
1390 Define this string as the name of your product
1391 - CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME "acme usb device"
1392
1393 CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID
1394 Define this as your assigned Vendor ID from the USB
1395 Implementors Forum. This *must* be a genuine Vendor ID
1396 to avoid polluting the USB namespace.
1397 - CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID 0xFFFF
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001398
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001399 CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID
1400 Define this as the unique Product ID
1401 for your device
1402 - CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID 0xFFFF
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001403
Igor Grinbergd70a5602011-12-12 12:08:35 +02001404- ULPI Layer Support:
1405 The ULPI (UTMI Low Pin (count) Interface) PHYs are supported via
1406 the generic ULPI layer. The generic layer accesses the ULPI PHY
1407 via the platform viewport, so you need both the genric layer and
1408 the viewport enabled. Currently only Chipidea/ARC based
1409 viewport is supported.
1410 To enable the ULPI layer support, define CONFIG_USB_ULPI and
1411 CONFIG_USB_ULPI_VIEWPORT in your board configuration file.
Lucas Stach6d365ea2012-10-01 00:44:35 +02001412 If your ULPI phy needs a different reference clock than the
1413 standard 24 MHz then you have to define CONFIG_ULPI_REF_CLK to
1414 the appropriate value in Hz.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001415
1416- MMC Support:
1417 The MMC controller on the Intel PXA is supported. To
1418 enable this define CONFIG_MMC. The MMC can be
1419 accessed from the boot prompt by mapping the device
1420 to physical memory similar to flash. Command line is
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001421 enabled with CONFIG_CMD_MMC. The MMC driver also works with
1422 the FAT fs. This is enabled with CONFIG_CMD_FAT.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001423
Yoshihiro Shimodaafb35662011-07-04 22:21:22 +00001424 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF
1425 Support for Renesas on-chip MMCIF controller
1426
1427 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF_ADDR
1428 Define the base address of MMCIF registers
1429
1430 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF_CLK
1431 Define the clock frequency for MMCIF
1432
Pierre Aubert1fd93c62014-04-24 10:30:08 +02001433 CONFIG_SUPPORT_EMMC_BOOT
1434 Enable some additional features of the eMMC boot partitions.
1435
1436 CONFIG_SUPPORT_EMMC_RPMB
1437 Enable the commands for reading, writing and programming the
1438 key for the Replay Protection Memory Block partition in eMMC.
1439
Tom Rinib3ba6e92013-03-14 05:32:47 +00001440- USB Device Firmware Update (DFU) class support:
Paul Kocialkowski01acd6a2015-06-12 19:56:58 +02001441 CONFIG_USB_FUNCTION_DFU
Tom Rinib3ba6e92013-03-14 05:32:47 +00001442 This enables the USB portion of the DFU USB class
1443
1444 CONFIG_CMD_DFU
1445 This enables the command "dfu" which is used to have
1446 U-Boot create a DFU class device via USB. This command
1447 requires that the "dfu_alt_info" environment variable be
1448 set and define the alt settings to expose to the host.
1449
1450 CONFIG_DFU_MMC
1451 This enables support for exposing (e)MMC devices via DFU.
1452
Pantelis Antoniouc6631762013-03-14 05:32:52 +00001453 CONFIG_DFU_NAND
1454 This enables support for exposing NAND devices via DFU.
1455
Afzal Mohammeda9479f02013-09-18 01:15:24 +05301456 CONFIG_DFU_RAM
1457 This enables support for exposing RAM via DFU.
1458 Note: DFU spec refer to non-volatile memory usage, but
1459 allow usages beyond the scope of spec - here RAM usage,
1460 one that would help mostly the developer.
1461
Heiko Schochere7e75c72013-06-12 06:05:51 +02001462 CONFIG_SYS_DFU_DATA_BUF_SIZE
1463 Dfu transfer uses a buffer before writing data to the
1464 raw storage device. Make the size (in bytes) of this buffer
1465 configurable. The size of this buffer is also configurable
1466 through the "dfu_bufsiz" environment variable.
1467
Pantelis Antoniouea2453d2013-03-14 05:32:48 +00001468 CONFIG_SYS_DFU_MAX_FILE_SIZE
1469 When updating files rather than the raw storage device,
1470 we use a static buffer to copy the file into and then write
1471 the buffer once we've been given the whole file. Define
1472 this to the maximum filesize (in bytes) for the buffer.
1473 Default is 4 MiB if undefined.
1474
Heiko Schocher001a8312014-03-18 08:09:56 +01001475 DFU_DEFAULT_POLL_TIMEOUT
1476 Poll timeout [ms], is the timeout a device can send to the
1477 host. The host must wait for this timeout before sending
1478 a subsequent DFU_GET_STATUS request to the device.
1479
1480 DFU_MANIFEST_POLL_TIMEOUT
1481 Poll timeout [ms], which the device sends to the host when
1482 entering dfuMANIFEST state. Host waits this timeout, before
1483 sending again an USB request to the device.
1484
Sebastian Siewior3aab70a2014-05-05 15:08:10 -05001485- USB Device Android Fastboot support:
Paul Kocialkowski17da3c02015-06-12 19:56:59 +02001486 CONFIG_USB_FUNCTION_FASTBOOT
1487 This enables the USB part of the fastboot gadget
1488
Sebastian Siewior3aab70a2014-05-05 15:08:10 -05001489 CONFIG_CMD_FASTBOOT
1490 This enables the command "fastboot" which enables the Android
1491 fastboot mode for the platform's USB device. Fastboot is a USB
1492 protocol for downloading images, flashing and device control
1493 used on Android devices.
1494 See doc/README.android-fastboot for more information.
1495
1496 CONFIG_ANDROID_BOOT_IMAGE
1497 This enables support for booting images which use the Android
1498 image format header.
1499
Paul Kocialkowskia588d992015-07-20 12:38:22 +02001500 CONFIG_FASTBOOT_BUF_ADDR
Sebastian Siewior3aab70a2014-05-05 15:08:10 -05001501 The fastboot protocol requires a large memory buffer for
1502 downloads. Define this to the starting RAM address to use for
1503 downloaded images.
1504
Paul Kocialkowskia588d992015-07-20 12:38:22 +02001505 CONFIG_FASTBOOT_BUF_SIZE
Sebastian Siewior3aab70a2014-05-05 15:08:10 -05001506 The fastboot protocol requires a large memory buffer for
1507 downloads. This buffer should be as large as possible for a
1508 platform. Define this to the size available RAM for fastboot.
1509
Steve Raed1b5ed02014-08-26 11:47:28 -07001510 CONFIG_FASTBOOT_FLASH
1511 The fastboot protocol includes a "flash" command for writing
1512 the downloaded image to a non-volatile storage device. Define
1513 this to enable the "fastboot flash" command.
1514
1515 CONFIG_FASTBOOT_FLASH_MMC_DEV
1516 The fastboot "flash" command requires additional information
1517 regarding the non-volatile storage device. Define this to
1518 the eMMC device that fastboot should use to store the image.
1519
Steve Rae0ff7e582014-12-12 15:51:54 -08001520 CONFIG_FASTBOOT_GPT_NAME
1521 The fastboot "flash" command supports writing the downloaded
1522 image to the Protective MBR and the Primary GUID Partition
1523 Table. (Additionally, this downloaded image is post-processed
1524 to generate and write the Backup GUID Partition Table.)
1525 This occurs when the specified "partition name" on the
1526 "fastboot flash" command line matches this value.
Petr Kulhavy6f6c8632016-09-09 10:27:18 +02001527 The default is "gpt" if undefined.
Steve Rae0ff7e582014-12-12 15:51:54 -08001528
Petr Kulhavyb6dd69a2016-09-09 10:27:16 +02001529 CONFIG_FASTBOOT_MBR_NAME
1530 The fastboot "flash" command supports writing the downloaded
1531 image to DOS MBR.
1532 This occurs when the "partition name" specified on the
1533 "fastboot flash" command line matches this value.
1534 If not defined the default value "mbr" is used.
1535
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001536- Journaling Flash filesystem support:
Simon Glassb2482df2016-10-02 18:00:59 -06001537 CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001538 Define these for a default partition on a NAND device
1539
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001540 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_FIRST_SECTOR,
1541 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_FIRST_BANK, CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_NUM_BANKS
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001542 Define these for a default partition on a NOR device
1543
Donggeun Kimc30a15e2011-10-24 21:15:28 +00001544- FAT(File Allocation Table) filesystem write function support:
1545 CONFIG_FAT_WRITE
Donggeun Kim656f4c62012-03-22 04:38:56 +00001546
1547 Define this to enable support for saving memory data as a
1548 file in FAT formatted partition.
1549
1550 This will also enable the command "fatwrite" enabling the
1551 user to write files to FAT.
Donggeun Kimc30a15e2011-10-24 21:15:28 +00001552
Siva Durga Prasad Paladugu4f0d1a22014-05-26 19:18:37 +05301553- FAT(File Allocation Table) filesystem cluster size:
1554 CONFIG_FS_FAT_MAX_CLUSTSIZE
1555
1556 Define the max cluster size for fat operations else
1557 a default value of 65536 will be defined.
1558
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001559- Keyboard Support:
Simon Glass39f615e2015-11-11 10:05:47 -07001560 See Kconfig help for available keyboard drivers.
1561
1562 CONFIG_KEYBOARD
1563
1564 Define this to enable a custom keyboard support.
1565 This simply calls drv_keyboard_init() which must be
1566 defined in your board-specific files. This option is deprecated
1567 and is only used by novena. For new boards, use driver model
1568 instead.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001569
1570- Video support:
Timur Tabi7d3053f2011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001571 CONFIG_FSL_DIU_FB
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02001572 Enable the Freescale DIU video driver. Reference boards for
Timur Tabi7d3053f2011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001573 SOCs that have a DIU should define this macro to enable DIU
1574 support, and should also define these other macros:
1575
1576 CONFIG_SYS_DIU_ADDR
1577 CONFIG_VIDEO
Timur Tabi7d3053f2011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001578 CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE
1579 CONFIG_VIDEO_SW_CURSOR
1580 CONFIG_VGA_AS_SINGLE_DEVICE
1581 CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO
1582 CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_LOGO
1583
Timur Tabiba8e76b2011-04-11 14:18:22 -05001584 The DIU driver will look for the 'video-mode' environment
1585 variable, and if defined, enable the DIU as a console during
Fabio Estevam8eca9432016-04-02 11:53:18 -03001586 boot. See the documentation file doc/README.video for a
Timur Tabiba8e76b2011-04-11 14:18:22 -05001587 description of this variable.
Timur Tabi7d3053f2011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001588
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001589- LCD Support: CONFIG_LCD
1590
1591 Define this to enable LCD support (for output to LCD
1592 display); also select one of the supported displays
1593 by defining one of these:
1594
Stelian Pop39cf4802008-05-09 21:57:18 +02001595 CONFIG_ATMEL_LCD:
1596
1597 HITACHI TX09D70VM1CCA, 3.5", 240x320.
1598
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001599 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448AC33:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001600
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001601 NEC NL6448AC33-18. Active, color, single scan.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001602
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001603 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448BC20
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001604
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001605 NEC NL6448BC20-08. 6.5", 640x480.
1606 Active, color, single scan.
1607
1608 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448BC33_54
1609
1610 NEC NL6448BC33-54. 10.4", 640x480.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001611 Active, color, single scan.
1612
1613 CONFIG_SHARP_16x9
1614
1615 Sharp 320x240. Active, color, single scan.
1616 It isn't 16x9, and I am not sure what it is.
1617
1618 CONFIG_SHARP_LQ64D341
1619
1620 Sharp LQ64D341 display, 640x480.
1621 Active, color, single scan.
1622
1623 CONFIG_HLD1045
1624
1625 HLD1045 display, 640x480.
1626 Active, color, single scan.
1627
1628 CONFIG_OPTREX_BW
1629
1630 Optrex CBL50840-2 NF-FW 99 22 M5
1631 or
1632 Hitachi LMG6912RPFC-00T
1633 or
1634 Hitachi SP14Q002
1635
1636 320x240. Black & white.
1637
Simon Glass676d3192012-10-17 13:24:54 +00001638 CONFIG_LCD_ALIGNMENT
1639
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08001640 Normally the LCD is page-aligned (typically 4KB). If this is
Simon Glass676d3192012-10-17 13:24:54 +00001641 defined then the LCD will be aligned to this value instead.
1642 For ARM it is sometimes useful to use MMU_SECTION_SIZE
1643 here, since it is cheaper to change data cache settings on
1644 a per-section basis.
1645
1646
Hannes Petermaier604c7d42015-03-27 08:01:38 +01001647 CONFIG_LCD_ROTATION
1648
1649 Sometimes, for example if the display is mounted in portrait
1650 mode or even if it's mounted landscape but rotated by 180degree,
1651 we need to rotate our content of the display relative to the
1652 framebuffer, so that user can read the messages which are
1653 printed out.
1654 Once CONFIG_LCD_ROTATION is defined, the lcd_console will be
1655 initialized with a given rotation from "vl_rot" out of
1656 "vidinfo_t" which is provided by the board specific code.
1657 The value for vl_rot is coded as following (matching to
1658 fbcon=rotate:<n> linux-kernel commandline):
1659 0 = no rotation respectively 0 degree
1660 1 = 90 degree rotation
1661 2 = 180 degree rotation
1662 3 = 270 degree rotation
1663
1664 If CONFIG_LCD_ROTATION is not defined, the console will be
1665 initialized with 0degree rotation.
1666
Tom Wai-Hong Tam45d7f522012-09-28 15:11:16 +00001667 CONFIG_LCD_BMP_RLE8
1668
1669 Support drawing of RLE8-compressed bitmaps on the LCD.
1670
Tom Wai-Hong Tam735987c2012-12-05 14:46:40 +00001671 CONFIG_I2C_EDID
1672
1673 Enables an 'i2c edid' command which can read EDID
1674 information over I2C from an attached LCD display.
1675
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00001676- Splash Screen Support: CONFIG_SPLASH_SCREEN
wdenkd791b1d2003-04-20 14:04:18 +00001677
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001678 If this option is set, the environment is checked for
1679 a variable "splashimage". If found, the usual display
1680 of logo, copyright and system information on the LCD
wdenke94d2cd2004-06-30 22:59:18 +00001681 is suppressed and the BMP image at the address
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001682 specified in "splashimage" is loaded instead. The
1683 console is redirected to the "nulldev", too. This
1684 allows for a "silent" boot where a splash screen is
1685 loaded very quickly after power-on.
wdenkd791b1d2003-04-20 14:04:18 +00001686
Nikita Kiryanovc0880482013-02-24 21:28:43 +00001687 CONFIG_SPLASHIMAGE_GUARD
1688
1689 If this option is set, then U-Boot will prevent the environment
1690 variable "splashimage" from being set to a problematic address
Fabio Estevamab5645f2016-03-23 12:46:12 -03001691 (see doc/README.displaying-bmps).
Nikita Kiryanovc0880482013-02-24 21:28:43 +00001692 This option is useful for targets where, due to alignment
1693 restrictions, an improperly aligned BMP image will cause a data
1694 abort. If you think you will not have problems with unaligned
1695 accesses (for example because your toolchain prevents them)
1696 there is no need to set this option.
1697
Matthias Weisser1ca298c2009-07-09 16:07:30 +02001698 CONFIG_SPLASH_SCREEN_ALIGN
1699
1700 If this option is set the splash image can be freely positioned
1701 on the screen. Environment variable "splashpos" specifies the
1702 position as "x,y". If a positive number is given it is used as
1703 number of pixel from left/top. If a negative number is given it
1704 is used as number of pixel from right/bottom. You can also
1705 specify 'm' for centering the image.
1706
1707 Example:
1708 setenv splashpos m,m
1709 => image at center of screen
1710
1711 setenv splashpos 30,20
1712 => image at x = 30 and y = 20
1713
1714 setenv splashpos -10,m
1715 => vertically centered image
1716 at x = dspWidth - bmpWidth - 9
1717
Stefan Roese98f4a3d2005-09-22 09:04:17 +02001718- Gzip compressed BMP image support: CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_GZIP
1719
1720 If this option is set, additionally to standard BMP
1721 images, gzipped BMP images can be displayed via the
1722 splashscreen support or the bmp command.
1723
Anatolij Gustschind5011762010-03-15 14:50:25 +01001724- Run length encoded BMP image (RLE8) support: CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_RLE8
1725
1726 If this option is set, 8-bit RLE compressed BMP images
1727 can be displayed via the splashscreen support or the
1728 bmp command.
1729
wdenkc29fdfc2003-08-29 20:57:53 +00001730- Compression support:
Kees Cook8ef70472013-08-16 07:59:12 -07001731 CONFIG_GZIP
1732
1733 Enabled by default to support gzip compressed images.
1734
wdenkc29fdfc2003-08-29 20:57:53 +00001735 CONFIG_BZIP2
1736
1737 If this option is set, support for bzip2 compressed
1738 images is included. If not, only uncompressed and gzip
1739 compressed images are supported.
1740
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00001741 NOTE: the bzip2 algorithm requires a lot of RAM, so
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001742 the malloc area (as defined by CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN) should
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00001743 be at least 4MB.
wdenkd791b1d2003-04-20 14:04:18 +00001744
Luigi 'Comio' Mantellinifc9c1722008-09-08 02:46:13 +02001745 CONFIG_LZMA
1746
1747 If this option is set, support for lzma compressed
1748 images is included.
1749
1750 Note: The LZMA algorithm adds between 2 and 4KB of code and it
1751 requires an amount of dynamic memory that is given by the
1752 formula:
1753
1754 (1846 + 768 << (lc + lp)) * sizeof(uint16)
1755
1756 Where lc and lp stand for, respectively, Literal context bits
1757 and Literal pos bits.
1758
1759 This value is upper-bounded by 14MB in the worst case. Anyway,
1760 for a ~4MB large kernel image, we have lc=3 and lp=0 for a
1761 total amount of (1846 + 768 << (3 + 0)) * 2 = ~41KB... that is
1762 a very small buffer.
1763
1764 Use the lzmainfo tool to determinate the lc and lp values and
1765 then calculate the amount of needed dynamic memory (ensuring
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001766 the appropriate CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN value).
Luigi 'Comio' Mantellinifc9c1722008-09-08 02:46:13 +02001767
Kees Cook8ef70472013-08-16 07:59:12 -07001768 CONFIG_LZO
1769
1770 If this option is set, support for LZO compressed images
1771 is included.
1772
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00001773- MII/PHY support:
1774 CONFIG_PHY_ADDR
1775
1776 The address of PHY on MII bus.
1777
1778 CONFIG_PHY_CLOCK_FREQ (ppc4xx)
1779
1780 The clock frequency of the MII bus
1781
1782 CONFIG_PHY_GIGE
1783
1784 If this option is set, support for speed/duplex
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001785 detection of gigabit PHY is included.
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00001786
1787 CONFIG_PHY_RESET_DELAY
1788
1789 Some PHY like Intel LXT971A need extra delay after
1790 reset before any MII register access is possible.
1791 For such PHY, set this option to the usec delay
1792 required. (minimum 300usec for LXT971A)
1793
1794 CONFIG_PHY_CMD_DELAY (ppc4xx)
1795
1796 Some PHY like Intel LXT971A need extra delay after
1797 command issued before MII status register can be read
1798
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001799- IP address:
1800 CONFIG_IPADDR
1801
1802 Define a default value for the IP address to use for
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001803 the default Ethernet interface, in case this is not
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001804 determined through e.g. bootp.
Wolfgang Denk1ebcd652011-10-26 10:21:22 +00001805 (Environment variable "ipaddr")
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001806
1807- Server IP address:
1808 CONFIG_SERVERIP
1809
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001810 Defines a default value for the IP address of a TFTP
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001811 server to contact when using the "tftboot" command.
Wolfgang Denk1ebcd652011-10-26 10:21:22 +00001812 (Environment variable "serverip")
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001813
Robin Getz97cfe862009-07-21 12:15:28 -04001814 CONFIG_KEEP_SERVERADDR
1815
1816 Keeps the server's MAC address, in the env 'serveraddr'
1817 for passing to bootargs (like Linux's netconsole option)
1818
Wolfgang Denk1ebcd652011-10-26 10:21:22 +00001819- Gateway IP address:
1820 CONFIG_GATEWAYIP
1821
1822 Defines a default value for the IP address of the
1823 default router where packets to other networks are
1824 sent to.
1825 (Environment variable "gatewayip")
1826
1827- Subnet mask:
1828 CONFIG_NETMASK
1829
1830 Defines a default value for the subnet mask (or
1831 routing prefix) which is used to determine if an IP
1832 address belongs to the local subnet or needs to be
1833 forwarded through a router.
1834 (Environment variable "netmask")
1835
David Updegraff53a5c422007-06-11 10:41:07 -05001836- Multicast TFTP Mode:
1837 CONFIG_MCAST_TFTP
1838
1839 Defines whether you want to support multicast TFTP as per
1840 rfc-2090; for example to work with atftp. Lets lots of targets
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001841 tftp down the same boot image concurrently. Note: the Ethernet
David Updegraff53a5c422007-06-11 10:41:07 -05001842 driver in use must provide a function: mcast() to join/leave a
1843 multicast group.
1844
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001845- BOOTP Recovery Mode:
1846 CONFIG_BOOTP_RANDOM_DELAY
1847
1848 If you have many targets in a network that try to
1849 boot using BOOTP, you may want to avoid that all
1850 systems send out BOOTP requests at precisely the same
1851 moment (which would happen for instance at recovery
1852 from a power failure, when all systems will try to
1853 boot, thus flooding the BOOTP server. Defining
1854 CONFIG_BOOTP_RANDOM_DELAY causes a random delay to be
1855 inserted before sending out BOOTP requests. The
Wolfgang Denk6c33c782007-08-06 23:21:05 +02001856 following delays are inserted then:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001857
1858 1st BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 1 sec
1859 2nd BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 2 sec
1860 3rd BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 4 sec
1861 4th and following
1862 BOOTP requests: delay 0 ... 8 sec
1863
Thierry Reding92ac8ac2014-08-19 10:21:24 +02001864 CONFIG_BOOTP_ID_CACHE_SIZE
1865
1866 BOOTP packets are uniquely identified using a 32-bit ID. The
1867 server will copy the ID from client requests to responses and
1868 U-Boot will use this to determine if it is the destination of
1869 an incoming response. Some servers will check that addresses
1870 aren't in use before handing them out (usually using an ARP
1871 ping) and therefore take up to a few hundred milliseconds to
1872 respond. Network congestion may also influence the time it
1873 takes for a response to make it back to the client. If that
1874 time is too long, U-Boot will retransmit requests. In order
1875 to allow earlier responses to still be accepted after these
1876 retransmissions, U-Boot's BOOTP client keeps a small cache of
1877 IDs. The CONFIG_BOOTP_ID_CACHE_SIZE controls the size of this
1878 cache. The default is to keep IDs for up to four outstanding
1879 requests. Increasing this will allow U-Boot to accept offers
1880 from a BOOTP client in networks with unusually high latency.
1881
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001882- DHCP Advanced Options:
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05001883 You can fine tune the DHCP functionality by defining
1884 CONFIG_BOOTP_* symbols:
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001885
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05001886 CONFIG_BOOTP_SUBNETMASK
1887 CONFIG_BOOTP_GATEWAY
1888 CONFIG_BOOTP_HOSTNAME
1889 CONFIG_BOOTP_NISDOMAIN
1890 CONFIG_BOOTP_BOOTPATH
1891 CONFIG_BOOTP_BOOTFILESIZE
1892 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS
1893 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2
1894 CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME
1895 CONFIG_BOOTP_NTPSERVER
1896 CONFIG_BOOTP_TIMEOFFSET
1897 CONFIG_BOOTP_VENDOREX
Joe Hershberger2c00e092012-05-23 07:59:19 +00001898 CONFIG_BOOTP_MAY_FAIL
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001899
Wilson Callan5d110f02007-07-28 10:56:13 -04001900 CONFIG_BOOTP_SERVERIP - TFTP server will be the serverip
1901 environment variable, not the BOOTP server.
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001902
Joe Hershberger2c00e092012-05-23 07:59:19 +00001903 CONFIG_BOOTP_MAY_FAIL - If the DHCP server is not found
1904 after the configured retry count, the call will fail
1905 instead of starting over. This can be used to fail over
1906 to Link-local IP address configuration if the DHCP server
1907 is not available.
1908
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001909 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2 - If a DHCP client requests the DNS
1910 serverip from a DHCP server, it is possible that more
1911 than one DNS serverip is offered to the client.
1912 If CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2 is enabled, the secondary DNS
1913 serverip will be stored in the additional environment
1914 variable "dnsip2". The first DNS serverip is always
1915 stored in the variable "dnsip", when CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05001916 is defined.
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001917
1918 CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME - Some DHCP servers are capable
1919 to do a dynamic update of a DNS server. To do this, they
1920 need the hostname of the DHCP requester.
Wilson Callan5d110f02007-07-28 10:56:13 -04001921 If CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME is defined, the content
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05001922 of the "hostname" environment variable is passed as
1923 option 12 to the DHCP server.
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001924
Aras Vaichasd9a2f412008-03-26 09:43:57 +11001925 CONFIG_BOOTP_DHCP_REQUEST_DELAY
1926
1927 A 32bit value in microseconds for a delay between
1928 receiving a "DHCP Offer" and sending the "DHCP Request".
1929 This fixes a problem with certain DHCP servers that don't
1930 respond 100% of the time to a "DHCP request". E.g. On an
1931 AT91RM9200 processor running at 180MHz, this delay needed
1932 to be *at least* 15,000 usec before a Windows Server 2003
1933 DHCP server would reply 100% of the time. I recommend at
1934 least 50,000 usec to be safe. The alternative is to hope
1935 that one of the retries will be successful but note that
1936 the DHCP timeout and retry process takes a longer than
1937 this delay.
1938
Joe Hershbergerd22c3382012-05-23 08:00:12 +00001939 - Link-local IP address negotiation:
1940 Negotiate with other link-local clients on the local network
1941 for an address that doesn't require explicit configuration.
1942 This is especially useful if a DHCP server cannot be guaranteed
1943 to exist in all environments that the device must operate.
1944
1945 See doc/README.link-local for more information.
1946
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00001947 - CDP Options:
wdenk6e592382004-04-18 17:39:38 +00001948 CONFIG_CDP_DEVICE_ID
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00001949
1950 The device id used in CDP trigger frames.
1951
1952 CONFIG_CDP_DEVICE_ID_PREFIX
1953
1954 A two character string which is prefixed to the MAC address
1955 of the device.
1956
1957 CONFIG_CDP_PORT_ID
1958
1959 A printf format string which contains the ascii name of
1960 the port. Normally is set to "eth%d" which sets
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001961 eth0 for the first Ethernet, eth1 for the second etc.
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00001962
1963 CONFIG_CDP_CAPABILITIES
1964
1965 A 32bit integer which indicates the device capabilities;
1966 0x00000010 for a normal host which does not forwards.
1967
1968 CONFIG_CDP_VERSION
1969
1970 An ascii string containing the version of the software.
1971
1972 CONFIG_CDP_PLATFORM
1973
1974 An ascii string containing the name of the platform.
1975
1976 CONFIG_CDP_TRIGGER
1977
1978 A 32bit integer sent on the trigger.
1979
1980 CONFIG_CDP_POWER_CONSUMPTION
1981
1982 A 16bit integer containing the power consumption of the
1983 device in .1 of milliwatts.
1984
1985 CONFIG_CDP_APPLIANCE_VLAN_TYPE
1986
1987 A byte containing the id of the VLAN.
1988
Uri Mashiach79267ed2017-01-19 10:51:05 +02001989- Status LED: CONFIG_LED_STATUS
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001990
1991 Several configurations allow to display the current
1992 status using a LED. For instance, the LED will blink
1993 fast while running U-Boot code, stop blinking as
1994 soon as a reply to a BOOTP request was received, and
1995 start blinking slow once the Linux kernel is running
1996 (supported by a status LED driver in the Linux
Uri Mashiach79267ed2017-01-19 10:51:05 +02001997 kernel). Defining CONFIG_LED_STATUS enables this
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001998 feature in U-Boot.
1999
Igor Grinberg1df7bbb2013-11-08 01:03:50 +02002000 Additional options:
2001
Uri Mashiach79267ed2017-01-19 10:51:05 +02002002 CONFIG_LED_STATUS_GPIO
Igor Grinberg1df7bbb2013-11-08 01:03:50 +02002003 The status LED can be connected to a GPIO pin.
2004 In such cases, the gpio_led driver can be used as a
Uri Mashiach79267ed2017-01-19 10:51:05 +02002005 status LED backend implementation. Define CONFIG_LED_STATUS_GPIO
Igor Grinberg1df7bbb2013-11-08 01:03:50 +02002006 to include the gpio_led driver in the U-Boot binary.
2007
Igor Grinberg9dfdcdf2013-11-08 01:03:52 +02002008 CONFIG_GPIO_LED_INVERTED_TABLE
2009 Some GPIO connected LEDs may have inverted polarity in which
2010 case the GPIO high value corresponds to LED off state and
2011 GPIO low value corresponds to LED on state.
2012 In such cases CONFIG_GPIO_LED_INVERTED_TABLE may be defined
2013 with a list of GPIO LEDs that have inverted polarity.
2014
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002015- CAN Support: CONFIG_CAN_DRIVER
2016
2017 Defining CONFIG_CAN_DRIVER enables CAN driver support
2018 on those systems that support this (optional)
2019 feature, like the TQM8xxL modules.
2020
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002021- I2C Support: CONFIG_SYS_I2C
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002022
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002023 This enable the NEW i2c subsystem, and will allow you to use
2024 i2c commands at the u-boot command line (as long as you set
2025 CONFIG_CMD_I2C in CONFIG_COMMANDS) and communicate with i2c
2026 based realtime clock chips or other i2c devices. See
2027 common/cmd_i2c.c for a description of the command line
2028 interface.
2029
2030 ported i2c driver to the new framework:
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002031 - drivers/i2c/soft_i2c.c:
2032 - activate first bus with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT define
2033 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE
2034 for defining speed and slave address
2035 - activate second bus with I2C_SOFT_DECLARATIONS2 define
2036 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED_2 and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE_2
2037 for defining speed and slave address
2038 - activate third bus with I2C_SOFT_DECLARATIONS3 define
2039 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED_3 and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE_3
2040 for defining speed and slave address
2041 - activate fourth bus with I2C_SOFT_DECLARATIONS4 define
2042 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED_4 and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE_4
2043 for defining speed and slave address
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002044
Heiko Schocher00f792e2012-10-24 13:48:22 +02002045 - drivers/i2c/fsl_i2c.c:
2046 - activate i2c driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_FSL
2047 define CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C_OFFSET for setting the register
2048 offset CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C_SPEED for the i2c speed and
2049 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C_SLAVE for the slave addr of the first
2050 bus.
Wolfgang Denk93e14592013-10-04 17:43:24 +02002051 - If your board supports a second fsl i2c bus, define
Heiko Schocher00f792e2012-10-24 13:48:22 +02002052 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C2_OFFSET for the register offset
2053 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C2_SPEED for the speed and
2054 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C2_SLAVE for the slave address of the
2055 second bus.
2056
Simon Glass1f2ba722012-10-30 07:28:53 +00002057 - drivers/i2c/tegra_i2c.c:
Nobuhiro Iwamatsu10cee512013-10-11 16:23:53 +09002058 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_TEGRA
2059 - This driver adds 4 i2c buses with a fix speed from
2060 100000 and the slave addr 0!
Simon Glass1f2ba722012-10-30 07:28:53 +00002061
Dirk Eibach880540d2013-04-25 02:40:01 +00002062 - drivers/i2c/ppc4xx_i2c.c
2063 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PPC4XX
2064 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PPC4XX_CH0 activate hardware channel 0
2065 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PPC4XX_CH1 activate hardware channel 1
2066
tremfac96402013-09-21 18:13:35 +02002067 - drivers/i2c/i2c_mxc.c
2068 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MXC
Albert ARIBAUD \\(3ADEV\\)03544c62015-09-21 22:43:38 +02002069 - enable bus 1 with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MXC_I2C1
2070 - enable bus 2 with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MXC_I2C2
2071 - enable bus 3 with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MXC_I2C3
2072 - enable bus 4 with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MXC_I2C4
tremfac96402013-09-21 18:13:35 +02002073 - define speed for bus 1 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C1_SPEED
2074 - define slave for bus 1 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C1_SLAVE
2075 - define speed for bus 2 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C2_SPEED
2076 - define slave for bus 2 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C2_SLAVE
2077 - define speed for bus 3 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C3_SPEED
2078 - define slave for bus 3 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C3_SLAVE
Albert ARIBAUD \\(3ADEV\\)03544c62015-09-21 22:43:38 +02002079 - define speed for bus 4 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C4_SPEED
2080 - define slave for bus 4 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C4_SLAVE
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08002081 If those defines are not set, default value is 100000
tremfac96402013-09-21 18:13:35 +02002082 for speed, and 0 for slave.
2083
Nobuhiro Iwamatsu1086bfa2013-09-27 16:58:30 +09002084 - drivers/i2c/rcar_i2c.c:
2085 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_RCAR
2086 - This driver adds 4 i2c buses
2087
2088 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C0_BASE for setting the register channel 0
2089 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C0_SPEED for for the speed channel 0
2090 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C1_BASE for setting the register channel 1
2091 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C1_SPEED for for the speed channel 1
2092 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C2_BASE for setting the register channel 2
2093 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C2_SPEED for for the speed channel 2
2094 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C3_BASE for setting the register channel 3
2095 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C3_SPEED for for the speed channel 3
2096 - CONFIF_SYS_RCAR_I2C_NUM_CONTROLLERS for number of i2c buses
2097
Nobuhiro Iwamatsu2035d772013-10-29 13:33:51 +09002098 - drivers/i2c/sh_i2c.c:
2099 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH
2100 - This driver adds from 2 to 5 i2c buses
2101
2102 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE0 for setting the register channel 0
2103 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED0 for for the speed channel 0
2104 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE1 for setting the register channel 1
2105 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED1 for for the speed channel 1
2106 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE2 for setting the register channel 2
2107 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED2 for for the speed channel 2
2108 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE3 for setting the register channel 3
2109 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED3 for for the speed channel 3
2110 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE4 for setting the register channel 4
2111 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED4 for for the speed channel 4
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08002112 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_NUM_CONTROLLERS for number of i2c buses
Nobuhiro Iwamatsu2035d772013-10-29 13:33:51 +09002113
Heiko Schocher6789e842013-10-22 11:03:18 +02002114 - drivers/i2c/omap24xx_i2c.c
2115 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_OMAP24XX
2116 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED speed channel 0
2117 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE slave addr channel 0
2118 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED1 speed channel 1
2119 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE1 slave addr channel 1
2120 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED2 speed channel 2
2121 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE2 slave addr channel 2
2122 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED3 speed channel 3
2123 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE3 slave addr channel 3
2124 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED4 speed channel 4
2125 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE4 slave addr channel 4
2126
Heiko Schocher0bdffe72013-11-08 07:30:53 +01002127 - drivers/i2c/zynq_i2c.c
2128 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_ZYNQ
2129 - set CONFIG_SYS_I2C_ZYNQ_SPEED for speed setting
2130 - set CONFIG_SYS_I2C_ZYNQ_SLAVE for slave addr
2131
Naveen Krishna Che717fc62013-12-06 12:12:38 +05302132 - drivers/i2c/s3c24x0_i2c.c:
2133 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_S3C24X0
2134 - This driver adds i2c buses (11 for Exynos5250, Exynos5420
2135 9 i2c buses for Exynos4 and 1 for S3C24X0 SoCs from Samsung)
2136 with a fix speed from 100000 and the slave addr 0!
2137
Dirk Eibachb46226b2014-07-03 09:28:18 +02002138 - drivers/i2c/ihs_i2c.c
2139 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS
2140 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_CH0 activate hardware channel 0
2141 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_0 speed channel 0
2142 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_0 slave addr channel 0
2143 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_CH1 activate hardware channel 1
2144 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_1 speed channel 1
2145 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_1 slave addr channel 1
2146 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_CH2 activate hardware channel 2
2147 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_2 speed channel 2
2148 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_2 slave addr channel 2
2149 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_CH3 activate hardware channel 3
2150 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_3 speed channel 3
2151 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_3 slave addr channel 3
Dirk Eibach071be892015-10-28 11:46:22 +01002152 - activate dual channel with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_DUAL
2153 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_0_1 speed channel 0_1
2154 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_0_1 slave addr channel 0_1
2155 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_1_1 speed channel 1_1
2156 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_1_1 slave addr channel 1_1
2157 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_2_1 speed channel 2_1
2158 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_2_1 slave addr channel 2_1
2159 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_3_1 speed channel 3_1
2160 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_3_1 slave addr channel 3_1
Dirk Eibachb46226b2014-07-03 09:28:18 +02002161
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002162 additional defines:
2163
2164 CONFIG_SYS_NUM_I2C_BUSES
Simon Glass945a18e2016-10-02 18:01:05 -06002165 Hold the number of i2c buses you want to use.
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002166
2167 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DIRECT_BUS
2168 define this, if you don't use i2c muxes on your hardware.
2169 if CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MAX_HOPS is not defined or == 0 you can
2170 omit this define.
2171
2172 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MAX_HOPS
2173 define how many muxes are maximal consecutively connected
2174 on one i2c bus. If you not use i2c muxes, omit this
2175 define.
2176
2177 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BUSES
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08002178 hold a list of buses you want to use, only used if
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002179 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DIRECT_BUS is not defined, for example
2180 a board with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MAX_HOPS = 1 and
2181 CONFIG_SYS_NUM_I2C_BUSES = 9:
2182
2183 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BUSES {{0, {I2C_NULL_HOP}}, \
2184 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 1}}}, \
2185 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 2}}}, \
2186 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 3}}}, \
2187 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 4}}}, \
2188 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 5}}}, \
2189 {1, {I2C_NULL_HOP}}, \
2190 {1, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9544, 0x72, 1}}}, \
2191 {1, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9544, 0x72, 2}}}, \
2192 }
2193
2194 which defines
2195 bus 0 on adapter 0 without a mux
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002196 bus 1 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 1
2197 bus 2 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 2
2198 bus 3 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 3
2199 bus 4 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 4
2200 bus 5 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 5
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002201 bus 6 on adapter 1 without a mux
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002202 bus 7 on adapter 1 with a PCA9544 on address 0x72 port 1
2203 bus 8 on adapter 1 with a PCA9544 on address 0x72 port 2
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002204
2205 If you do not have i2c muxes on your board, omit this define.
2206
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002207- Legacy I2C Support: CONFIG_HARD_I2C
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002208
2209 NOTE: It is intended to move drivers to CONFIG_SYS_I2C which
2210 provides the following compelling advantages:
2211
2212 - more than one i2c adapter is usable
2213 - approved multibus support
2214 - better i2c mux support
2215
2216 ** Please consider updating your I2C driver now. **
2217
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002218 These enable legacy I2C serial bus commands. Defining
2219 CONFIG_HARD_I2C will include the appropriate I2C driver
2220 for the selected CPU.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002221
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002222 This will allow you to use i2c commands at the u-boot
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05002223 command line (as long as you set CONFIG_CMD_I2C in
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002224 CONFIG_COMMANDS) and communicate with i2c based realtime
2225 clock chips. See common/cmd_i2c.c for a description of the
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002226 command line interface.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002227
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002228 CONFIG_HARD_I2C selects a hardware I2C controller.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002229
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002230 There are several other quantities that must also be
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002231 defined when you define CONFIG_HARD_I2C.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002232
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002233 In both cases you will need to define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SPEED
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002234 to be the frequency (in Hz) at which you wish your i2c bus
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002235 to run and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SLAVE to be the address of this node (ie
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002236 the CPU's i2c node address).
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002237
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -05002238 Now, the u-boot i2c code for the mpc8xx
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02002239 (arch/powerpc/cpu/mpc8xx/i2c.c) sets the CPU up as a master node
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -05002240 and so its address should therefore be cleared to 0 (See,
2241 eg, MPC823e User's Manual p.16-473). So, set
2242 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SLAVE to 0.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002243
Eric Millbrandt5da71ef2009-09-03 08:09:44 -05002244 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_MPC5XXX
2245
2246 When a board is reset during an i2c bus transfer
2247 chips might think that the current transfer is still
2248 in progress. Reset the slave devices by sending start
2249 commands until the slave device responds.
2250
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002251 That's all that's required for CONFIG_HARD_I2C.
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002252
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002253 If you use the software i2c interface (CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT)
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002254 then the following macros need to be defined (examples are
2255 from include/configs/lwmon.h):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002256
2257 I2C_INIT
2258
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002259 (Optional). Any commands necessary to enable the I2C
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002260 controller or configure ports.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002261
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002262 eg: #define I2C_INIT (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir |= PB_SCL)
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002263
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002264 I2C_PORT
2265
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002266 (Only for MPC8260 CPU). The I/O port to use (the code
2267 assumes both bits are on the same port). Valid values
2268 are 0..3 for ports A..D.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002269
2270 I2C_ACTIVE
2271
2272 The code necessary to make the I2C data line active
2273 (driven). If the data line is open collector, this
2274 define can be null.
2275
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002276 eg: #define I2C_ACTIVE (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir |= PB_SDA)
2277
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002278 I2C_TRISTATE
2279
2280 The code necessary to make the I2C data line tri-stated
2281 (inactive). If the data line is open collector, this
2282 define can be null.
2283
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002284 eg: #define I2C_TRISTATE (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir &= ~PB_SDA)
2285
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002286 I2C_READ
2287
York Sun472d5462013-04-01 11:29:11 -07002288 Code that returns true if the I2C data line is high,
2289 false if it is low.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002290
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002291 eg: #define I2C_READ ((immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat & PB_SDA) != 0)
2292
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002293 I2C_SDA(bit)
2294
York Sun472d5462013-04-01 11:29:11 -07002295 If <bit> is true, sets the I2C data line high. If it
2296 is false, it clears it (low).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002297
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002298 eg: #define I2C_SDA(bit) \
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +00002299 if(bit) immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat |= PB_SDA; \
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002300 else immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat &= ~PB_SDA
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002301
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002302 I2C_SCL(bit)
2303
York Sun472d5462013-04-01 11:29:11 -07002304 If <bit> is true, sets the I2C clock line high. If it
2305 is false, it clears it (low).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002306
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002307 eg: #define I2C_SCL(bit) \
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +00002308 if(bit) immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat |= PB_SCL; \
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002309 else immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat &= ~PB_SCL
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002310
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002311 I2C_DELAY
2312
2313 This delay is invoked four times per clock cycle so this
2314 controls the rate of data transfer. The data rate thus
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002315 is 1 / (I2C_DELAY * 4). Often defined to be something
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002316 like:
2317
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002318 #define I2C_DELAY udelay(2)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002319
Mike Frysinger793b5722010-07-21 13:38:02 -04002320 CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_GPIO_SCL / CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_GPIO_SDA
2321
2322 If your arch supports the generic GPIO framework (asm/gpio.h),
2323 then you may alternatively define the two GPIOs that are to be
2324 used as SCL / SDA. Any of the previous I2C_xxx macros will
2325 have GPIO-based defaults assigned to them as appropriate.
2326
2327 You should define these to the GPIO value as given directly to
2328 the generic GPIO functions.
2329
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002330 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_BOARD
wdenk47cd00f2003-03-06 13:39:27 +00002331
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002332 When a board is reset during an i2c bus transfer
2333 chips might think that the current transfer is still
2334 in progress. On some boards it is possible to access
2335 the i2c SCLK line directly, either by using the
2336 processor pin as a GPIO or by having a second pin
2337 connected to the bus. If this option is defined a
2338 custom i2c_init_board() routine in boards/xxx/board.c
2339 is run early in the boot sequence.
wdenk47cd00f2003-03-06 13:39:27 +00002340
Richard Retanubun26a33502010-04-12 15:08:17 -04002341 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BOARD_LATE_INIT
2342
2343 An alternative to CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_BOARD. If this option is
2344 defined a custom i2c_board_late_init() routine in
2345 boards/xxx/board.c is run AFTER the operations in i2c_init()
2346 is completed. This callpoint can be used to unreset i2c bus
2347 using CPU i2c controller register accesses for CPUs whose i2c
2348 controller provide such a method. It is called at the end of
2349 i2c_init() to allow i2c_init operations to setup the i2c bus
2350 controller on the CPU (e.g. setting bus speed & slave address).
2351
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00002352 CONFIG_I2CFAST (PPC405GP|PPC405EP only)
2353
2354 This option enables configuration of bi_iic_fast[] flags
2355 in u-boot bd_info structure based on u-boot environment
2356 variable "i2cfast". (see also i2cfast)
2357
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002358 CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
2359
2360 This option allows the use of multiple I2C buses, each of which
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002361 must have a controller. At any point in time, only one bus is
2362 active. To switch to a different bus, use the 'i2c dev' command.
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002363 Note that bus numbering is zero-based.
2364
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002365 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_NOPROBES
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002366
2367 This option specifies a list of I2C devices that will be skipped
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002368 when the 'i2c probe' command is issued. If CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
Peter Tyser0f89c542009-04-18 22:34:03 -05002369 is set, specify a list of bus-device pairs. Otherwise, specify
2370 a 1D array of device addresses
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002371
2372 e.g.
2373 #undef CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002374 #define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_NOPROBES {0x50,0x68}
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002375
2376 will skip addresses 0x50 and 0x68 on a board with one I2C bus
2377
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002378 #define CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
Simon Glass945a18e2016-10-02 18:01:05 -06002379 #define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_NOPROBES {{0,0x50},{0,0x68},{1,0x54}}
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002380
2381 will skip addresses 0x50 and 0x68 on bus 0 and address 0x54 on bus 1
2382
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002383 CONFIG_SYS_SPD_BUS_NUM
Timur Tabibe5e6182006-11-03 19:15:00 -06002384
2385 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for DDR SPD.
2386 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that SPD is on I2C bus 0.
2387
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002388 CONFIG_SYS_RTC_BUS_NUM
Stefan Roese0dc018e2007-02-20 10:51:26 +01002389
2390 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for the RTC.
2391 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that RTC is on I2C bus 0.
2392
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002393 CONFIG_SYS_DTT_BUS_NUM
Stefan Roese0dc018e2007-02-20 10:51:26 +01002394
2395 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for the DTT.
2396 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that DTT is on I2C bus 0.
2397
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002398 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DTT_ADDR:
Victor Gallardo9ebbb542008-09-09 15:13:29 -07002399
2400 If defined, specifies the I2C address of the DTT device.
2401 If not defined, then U-Boot uses predefined value for
2402 specified DTT device.
2403
Andrew Dyer2ac69852008-12-29 17:36:01 -06002404 CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_READ_REPEATED_START
2405
2406 defining this will force the i2c_read() function in
2407 the soft_i2c driver to perform an I2C repeated start
2408 between writing the address pointer and reading the
2409 data. If this define is omitted the default behaviour
2410 of doing a stop-start sequence will be used. Most I2C
2411 devices can use either method, but some require one or
2412 the other.
Timur Tabibe5e6182006-11-03 19:15:00 -06002413
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002414- SPI Support: CONFIG_SPI
2415
2416 Enables SPI driver (so far only tested with
2417 SPI EEPROM, also an instance works with Crystal A/D and
2418 D/As on the SACSng board)
2419
Yoshihiro Shimoda66395622011-01-31 16:50:43 +09002420 CONFIG_SH_SPI
2421
2422 Enables the driver for SPI controller on SuperH. Currently
2423 only SH7757 is supported.
2424
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002425 CONFIG_SOFT_SPI
2426
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002427 Enables a software (bit-bang) SPI driver rather than
2428 using hardware support. This is a general purpose
2429 driver that only requires three general I/O port pins
2430 (two outputs, one input) to function. If this is
2431 defined, the board configuration must define several
2432 SPI configuration items (port pins to use, etc). For
2433 an example, see include/configs/sacsng.h.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002434
Ben Warren04a9e112008-01-16 22:37:35 -05002435 CONFIG_HARD_SPI
2436
2437 Enables a hardware SPI driver for general-purpose reads
2438 and writes. As with CONFIG_SOFT_SPI, the board configuration
2439 must define a list of chip-select function pointers.
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002440 Currently supported on some MPC8xxx processors. For an
Ben Warren04a9e112008-01-16 22:37:35 -05002441 example, see include/configs/mpc8349emds.h.
2442
Guennadi Liakhovetski38254f42008-04-15 14:14:25 +02002443 CONFIG_MXC_SPI
2444
2445 Enables the driver for the SPI controllers on i.MX and MXC
Fabio Estevam2e3cd1c2011-10-28 08:57:46 +00002446 SoCs. Currently i.MX31/35/51 are supported.
Guennadi Liakhovetski38254f42008-04-15 14:14:25 +02002447
Heiko Schocherf659b572014-07-14 10:22:11 +02002448 CONFIG_SYS_SPI_MXC_WAIT
2449 Timeout for waiting until spi transfer completed.
2450 default: (CONFIG_SYS_HZ/100) /* 10 ms */
2451
Matthias Fuchs01335022007-12-27 17:12:34 +01002452- FPGA Support: CONFIG_FPGA
2453
2454 Enables FPGA subsystem.
2455
2456 CONFIG_FPGA_<vendor>
2457
2458 Enables support for specific chip vendors.
2459 (ALTERA, XILINX)
2460
2461 CONFIG_FPGA_<family>
2462
2463 Enables support for FPGA family.
2464 (SPARTAN2, SPARTAN3, VIRTEX2, CYCLONE2, ACEX1K, ACEX)
2465
2466 CONFIG_FPGA_COUNT
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002467
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002468 Specify the number of FPGA devices to support.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002469
Siva Durga Prasad Paladugu64e809a2014-03-14 16:35:38 +05302470 CONFIG_CMD_FPGA_LOADMK
2471
2472 Enable support for fpga loadmk command
2473
Michal Simek67193862014-05-02 13:43:39 +02002474 CONFIG_CMD_FPGA_LOADP
2475
2476 Enable support for fpga loadp command - load partial bitstream
2477
2478 CONFIG_CMD_FPGA_LOADBP
2479
2480 Enable support for fpga loadbp command - load partial bitstream
2481 (Xilinx only)
2482
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002483 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_PROG_FEEDBACK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002484
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002485 Enable printing of hash marks during FPGA configuration.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002486
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002487 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_BUSY
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002488
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002489 Enable checks on FPGA configuration interface busy
2490 status by the configuration function. This option
2491 will require a board or device specific function to
2492 be written.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002493
2494 CONFIG_FPGA_DELAY
2495
2496 If defined, a function that provides delays in the FPGA
2497 configuration driver.
2498
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002499 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_CTRLC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002500 Allow Control-C to interrupt FPGA configuration
2501
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002502 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_ERROR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002503
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002504 Check for configuration errors during FPGA bitfile
2505 loading. For example, abort during Virtex II
2506 configuration if the INIT_B line goes low (which
2507 indicated a CRC error).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002508
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002509 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_INIT
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002510
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08002511 Maximum time to wait for the INIT_B line to de-assert
2512 after PROB_B has been de-asserted during a Virtex II
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002513 FPGA configuration sequence. The default time is 500
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002514 ms.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002515
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002516 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_BUSY
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002517
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08002518 Maximum time to wait for BUSY to de-assert during
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002519 Virtex II FPGA configuration. The default is 5 ms.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002520
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002521 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_CONFIG
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002522
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002523 Time to wait after FPGA configuration. The default is
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002524 200 ms.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002525
2526- Configuration Management:
Stefan Roeseb2b8a692014-10-22 12:13:24 +02002527 CONFIG_BUILD_TARGET
2528
2529 Some SoCs need special image types (e.g. U-Boot binary
2530 with a special header) as build targets. By defining
2531 CONFIG_BUILD_TARGET in the SoC / board header, this
2532 special image will be automatically built upon calling
Simon Glass6de80f22016-07-27 20:33:08 -06002533 make / buildman.
Stefan Roeseb2b8a692014-10-22 12:13:24 +02002534
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002535 CONFIG_IDENT_STRING
2536
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002537 If defined, this string will be added to the U-Boot
2538 version information (U_BOOT_VERSION)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002539
2540- Vendor Parameter Protection:
2541
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002542 U-Boot considers the values of the environment
2543 variables "serial#" (Board Serial Number) and
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00002544 "ethaddr" (Ethernet Address) to be parameters that
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002545 are set once by the board vendor / manufacturer, and
2546 protects these variables from casual modification by
2547 the user. Once set, these variables are read-only,
2548 and write or delete attempts are rejected. You can
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002549 change this behaviour:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002550
2551 If CONFIG_ENV_OVERWRITE is #defined in your config
2552 file, the write protection for vendor parameters is
wdenk47cd00f2003-03-06 13:39:27 +00002553 completely disabled. Anybody can change or delete
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002554 these parameters.
2555
Joe Hershberger92ac5202015-05-04 14:55:14 -05002556 Alternatively, if you define _both_ an ethaddr in the
2557 default env _and_ CONFIG_OVERWRITE_ETHADDR_ONCE, a default
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002558 Ethernet address is installed in the environment,
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002559 which can be changed exactly ONCE by the user. [The
2560 serial# is unaffected by this, i. e. it remains
2561 read-only.]
2562
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06002563 The same can be accomplished in a more flexible way
2564 for any variable by configuring the type of access
2565 to allow for those variables in the ".flags" variable
2566 or define CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC.
2567
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002568- Protected RAM:
2569 CONFIG_PRAM
2570
2571 Define this variable to enable the reservation of
2572 "protected RAM", i. e. RAM which is not overwritten
2573 by U-Boot. Define CONFIG_PRAM to hold the number of
2574 kB you want to reserve for pRAM. You can overwrite
2575 this default value by defining an environment
2576 variable "pram" to the number of kB you want to
2577 reserve. Note that the board info structure will
2578 still show the full amount of RAM. If pRAM is
2579 reserved, a new environment variable "mem" will
2580 automatically be defined to hold the amount of
2581 remaining RAM in a form that can be passed as boot
2582 argument to Linux, for instance like that:
2583
Wolfgang Denkfe126d82005-11-20 21:40:11 +01002584 setenv bootargs ... mem=\${mem}
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002585 saveenv
2586
2587 This way you can tell Linux not to use this memory,
2588 either, which results in a memory region that will
2589 not be affected by reboots.
2590
2591 *WARNING* If your board configuration uses automatic
2592 detection of the RAM size, you must make sure that
2593 this memory test is non-destructive. So far, the
2594 following board configurations are known to be
2595 "pRAM-clean":
2596
Wolfgang Denk1b0757e2012-10-24 02:36:15 +00002597 IVMS8, IVML24, SPD8xx, TQM8xxL,
2598 HERMES, IP860, RPXlite, LWMON,
Wolfgang Denk544d97e2010-10-05 22:54:53 +02002599 FLAGADM, TQM8260
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002600
Gabe Black40fef042012-12-02 04:55:18 +00002601- Access to physical memory region (> 4GB)
2602 Some basic support is provided for operations on memory not
2603 normally accessible to U-Boot - e.g. some architectures
2604 support access to more than 4GB of memory on 32-bit
2605 machines using physical address extension or similar.
2606 Define CONFIG_PHYSMEM to access this basic support, which
2607 currently only supports clearing the memory.
2608
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002609- Error Recovery:
2610 CONFIG_PANIC_HANG
2611
2612 Define this variable to stop the system in case of a
2613 fatal error, so that you have to reset it manually.
2614 This is probably NOT a good idea for an embedded
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002615 system where you want the system to reboot
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002616 automatically as fast as possible, but it may be
2617 useful during development since you can try to debug
2618 the conditions that lead to the situation.
2619
2620 CONFIG_NET_RETRY_COUNT
2621
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002622 This variable defines the number of retries for
2623 network operations like ARP, RARP, TFTP, or BOOTP
2624 before giving up the operation. If not defined, a
2625 default value of 5 is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002626
Guennadi Liakhovetski40cb90e2008-04-03 17:04:19 +02002627 CONFIG_ARP_TIMEOUT
2628
2629 Timeout waiting for an ARP reply in milliseconds.
2630
Tetsuyuki Kobayashi48a3e992012-07-03 22:25:21 +00002631 CONFIG_NFS_TIMEOUT
2632
2633 Timeout in milliseconds used in NFS protocol.
2634 If you encounter "ERROR: Cannot umount" in nfs command,
2635 try longer timeout such as
2636 #define CONFIG_NFS_TIMEOUT 10000UL
2637
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002638- Command Interpreter:
Wolfgang Denk8078f1a2006-10-28 02:28:02 +02002639 CONFIG_AUTO_COMPLETE
wdenk04a85b32004-04-15 18:22:41 +00002640
2641 Enable auto completion of commands using TAB.
2642
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002643 CONFIG_SYS_PROMPT_HUSH_PS2
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002644
2645 This defines the secondary prompt string, which is
2646 printed when the command interpreter needs more input
2647 to complete a command. Usually "> ".
2648
2649 Note:
2650
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002651 In the current implementation, the local variables
2652 space and global environment variables space are
2653 separated. Local variables are those you define by
2654 simply typing `name=value'. To access a local
2655 variable later on, you have write `$name' or
2656 `${name}'; to execute the contents of a variable
2657 directly type `$name' at the command prompt.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002658
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002659 Global environment variables are those you use
2660 setenv/printenv to work with. To run a command stored
2661 in such a variable, you need to use the run command,
2662 and you must not use the '$' sign to access them.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002663
2664 To store commands and special characters in a
2665 variable, please use double quotation marks
2666 surrounding the whole text of the variable, instead
2667 of the backslashes before semicolons and special
2668 symbols.
2669
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08002670- Command Line Editing and History:
Wolfgang Denkaa0c71a2006-07-21 11:35:21 +02002671 CONFIG_CMDLINE_EDITING
2672
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002673 Enable editing and History functions for interactive
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08002674 command line input operations
Wolfgang Denkaa0c71a2006-07-21 11:35:21 +02002675
Marek Vasutf3b267b2016-01-27 04:47:55 +01002676- Command Line PS1/PS2 support:
2677 CONFIG_CMDLINE_PS_SUPPORT
2678
2679 Enable support for changing the command prompt string
2680 at run-time. Only static string is supported so far.
2681 The string is obtained from environment variables PS1
2682 and PS2.
2683
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002684- Default Environment:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002685 CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS
2686
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002687 Define this to contain any number of null terminated
2688 strings (variable = value pairs) that will be part of
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00002689 the default environment compiled into the boot image.
wdenk2262cfe2002-11-18 00:14:45 +00002690
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002691 For example, place something like this in your
2692 board's config file:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002693
2694 #define CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS \
2695 "myvar1=value1\0" \
2696 "myvar2=value2\0"
2697
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002698 Warning: This method is based on knowledge about the
2699 internal format how the environment is stored by the
2700 U-Boot code. This is NOT an official, exported
2701 interface! Although it is unlikely that this format
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00002702 will change soon, there is no guarantee either.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002703 You better know what you are doing here.
2704
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002705 Note: overly (ab)use of the default environment is
2706 discouraged. Make sure to check other ways to preset
Wolfgang Denk74de7ae2009-04-01 23:34:12 +02002707 the environment like the "source" command or the
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002708 boot command first.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002709
Stephen Warren5e724ca2012-05-22 09:21:54 +00002710 CONFIG_ENV_VARS_UBOOT_CONFIG
2711
2712 Define this in order to add variables describing the
2713 U-Boot build configuration to the default environment.
2714 These will be named arch, cpu, board, vendor, and soc.
2715
2716 Enabling this option will cause the following to be defined:
2717
2718 - CONFIG_SYS_ARCH
2719 - CONFIG_SYS_CPU
2720 - CONFIG_SYS_BOARD
2721 - CONFIG_SYS_VENDOR
2722 - CONFIG_SYS_SOC
2723
Tom Rini7e27f892012-10-24 07:28:16 +00002724 CONFIG_ENV_VARS_UBOOT_RUNTIME_CONFIG
2725
2726 Define this in order to add variables describing certain
2727 run-time determined information about the hardware to the
2728 environment. These will be named board_name, board_rev.
2729
Simon Glass06fd8532012-11-30 13:01:17 +00002730 CONFIG_DELAY_ENVIRONMENT
2731
2732 Normally the environment is loaded when the board is
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08002733 initialised so that it is available to U-Boot. This inhibits
Simon Glass06fd8532012-11-30 13:01:17 +00002734 that so that the environment is not available until
2735 explicitly loaded later by U-Boot code. With CONFIG_OF_CONTROL
2736 this is instead controlled by the value of
2737 /config/load-environment.
2738
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002739- DataFlash Support:
wdenk2abbe072003-06-16 23:50:08 +00002740 CONFIG_HAS_DATAFLASH
2741
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002742 Defining this option enables DataFlash features and
2743 allows to read/write in Dataflash via the standard
2744 commands cp, md...
wdenk2abbe072003-06-16 23:50:08 +00002745
Eric Nelsonf61ec452012-01-31 10:52:08 -07002746- Serial Flash support
2747 CONFIG_CMD_SF
2748
2749 Defining this option enables SPI flash commands
2750 'sf probe/read/write/erase/update'.
2751
2752 Usage requires an initial 'probe' to define the serial
2753 flash parameters, followed by read/write/erase/update
2754 commands.
2755
2756 The following defaults may be provided by the platform
2757 to handle the common case when only a single serial
2758 flash is present on the system.
2759
2760 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_BUS Bus identifier
2761 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_CS Chip-select
2762 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_MODE (see include/spi.h)
2763 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_SPEED in Hz
2764
Simon Glass24007272012-10-08 13:16:02 +00002765 CONFIG_CMD_SF_TEST
2766
2767 Define this option to include a destructive SPI flash
2768 test ('sf test').
2769
Jagannadha Sutradharudu Tekib902e072014-01-11 15:25:04 +05302770 CONFIG_SF_DUAL_FLASH Dual flash memories
2771
2772 Define this option to use dual flash support where two flash
2773 memories can be connected with a given cs line.
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08002774 Currently Xilinx Zynq qspi supports these type of connections.
Jagannadha Sutradharudu Tekib902e072014-01-11 15:25:04 +05302775
wdenk3f85ce22004-02-23 16:11:30 +00002776- SystemACE Support:
2777 CONFIG_SYSTEMACE
2778
2779 Adding this option adds support for Xilinx SystemACE
2780 chips attached via some sort of local bus. The address
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002781 of the chip must also be defined in the
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002782 CONFIG_SYS_SYSTEMACE_BASE macro. For example:
wdenk3f85ce22004-02-23 16:11:30 +00002783
2784 #define CONFIG_SYSTEMACE
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002785 #define CONFIG_SYS_SYSTEMACE_BASE 0xf0000000
wdenk3f85ce22004-02-23 16:11:30 +00002786
2787 When SystemACE support is added, the "ace" device type
2788 becomes available to the fat commands, i.e. fatls.
2789
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002790- TFTP Fixed UDP Port:
2791 CONFIG_TFTP_PORT
2792
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02002793 If this is defined, the environment variable tftpsrcp
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002794 is used to supply the TFTP UDP source port value.
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02002795 If tftpsrcp isn't defined, the normal pseudo-random port
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002796 number generator is used.
2797
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02002798 Also, the environment variable tftpdstp is used to supply
2799 the TFTP UDP destination port value. If tftpdstp isn't
2800 defined, the normal port 69 is used.
2801
2802 The purpose for tftpsrcp is to allow a TFTP server to
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002803 blindly start the TFTP transfer using the pre-configured
2804 target IP address and UDP port. This has the effect of
2805 "punching through" the (Windows XP) firewall, allowing
2806 the remainder of the TFTP transfer to proceed normally.
2807 A better solution is to properly configure the firewall,
2808 but sometimes that is not allowed.
2809
Simon Glassbf36c5d2012-12-05 14:46:38 +00002810- Hashing support:
2811 CONFIG_CMD_HASH
2812
2813 This enables a generic 'hash' command which can produce
2814 hashes / digests from a few algorithms (e.g. SHA1, SHA256).
2815
2816 CONFIG_HASH_VERIFY
2817
2818 Enable the hash verify command (hash -v). This adds to code
2819 size a little.
2820
gaurav rana94e3c8c2015-02-20 12:51:46 +05302821 CONFIG_SHA1 - This option enables support of hashing using SHA1
2822 algorithm. The hash is calculated in software.
2823 CONFIG_SHA256 - This option enables support of hashing using
2824 SHA256 algorithm. The hash is calculated in software.
2825 CONFIG_SHA_HW_ACCEL - This option enables hardware acceleration
2826 for SHA1/SHA256 hashing.
2827 This affects the 'hash' command and also the
2828 hash_lookup_algo() function.
2829 CONFIG_SHA_PROG_HW_ACCEL - This option enables
2830 hardware-acceleration for SHA1/SHA256 progressive hashing.
2831 Data can be streamed in a block at a time and the hashing
2832 is performed in hardware.
Simon Glassbf36c5d2012-12-05 14:46:38 +00002833
2834 Note: There is also a sha1sum command, which should perhaps
2835 be deprecated in favour of 'hash sha1'.
2836
Robert Winklera11f1872013-07-24 17:57:06 -07002837- Freescale i.MX specific commands:
2838 CONFIG_CMD_HDMIDETECT
2839 This enables 'hdmidet' command which returns true if an
2840 HDMI monitor is detected. This command is i.MX 6 specific.
2841
Heiko Schocher9e50c402014-01-25 07:27:13 +01002842- bootcount support:
2843 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_LIMIT
2844
2845 This enables the bootcounter support, see:
2846 http://www.denx.de/wiki/DULG/UBootBootCountLimit
2847
2848 CONFIG_AT91SAM9XE
2849 enable special bootcounter support on at91sam9xe based boards.
Heiko Schocher9e50c402014-01-25 07:27:13 +01002850 CONFIG_SOC_DA8XX
2851 enable special bootcounter support on da850 based boards.
2852 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_RAM
2853 enable support for the bootcounter in RAM
2854 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_I2C
2855 enable support for the bootcounter on an i2c (like RTC) device.
2856 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_RTC_ADDR = i2c chip address
2857 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTCOUNT_ADDR = i2c addr which is used for
2858 the bootcounter.
2859 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_ALEN = address len
Simon Glass19c402a2013-06-13 15:10:02 -07002860
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002861- Show boot progress:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002862 CONFIG_SHOW_BOOT_PROGRESS
2863
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002864 Defining this option allows to add some board-
2865 specific code (calling a user-provided function
2866 "show_boot_progress(int)") that enables you to show
2867 the system's boot progress on some display (for
2868 example, some LED's) on your board. At the moment,
2869 the following checkpoints are implemented:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002870
Simon Glass94fd1312012-09-28 08:56:37 +00002871
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002872Legacy uImage format:
2873
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002874 Arg Where When
2875 1 common/cmd_bootm.c before attempting to boot an image
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002876 -1 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has bad magic number
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002877 2 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has correct magic number
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002878 -2 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has bad checksum
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002879 3 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has correct checksum
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002880 -3 common/cmd_bootm.c Image data has bad checksum
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002881 4 common/cmd_bootm.c Image data has correct checksum
2882 -4 common/cmd_bootm.c Image is for unsupported architecture
2883 5 common/cmd_bootm.c Architecture check OK
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002884 -5 common/cmd_bootm.c Wrong Image Type (not kernel, multi)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002885 6 common/cmd_bootm.c Image Type check OK
2886 -6 common/cmd_bootm.c gunzip uncompression error
2887 -7 common/cmd_bootm.c Unimplemented compression type
2888 7 common/cmd_bootm.c Uncompression OK
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002889 8 common/cmd_bootm.c No uncompress/copy overwrite error
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002890 -9 common/cmd_bootm.c Unsupported OS (not Linux, BSD, VxWorks, QNX)
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002891
2892 9 common/image.c Start initial ramdisk verification
2893 -10 common/image.c Ramdisk header has bad magic number
2894 -11 common/image.c Ramdisk header has bad checksum
2895 10 common/image.c Ramdisk header is OK
2896 -12 common/image.c Ramdisk data has bad checksum
2897 11 common/image.c Ramdisk data has correct checksum
2898 12 common/image.c Ramdisk verification complete, start loading
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002899 -13 common/image.c Wrong Image Type (not PPC Linux ramdisk)
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002900 13 common/image.c Start multifile image verification
2901 14 common/image.c No initial ramdisk, no multifile, continue.
2902
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002903 15 arch/<arch>/lib/bootm.c All preparation done, transferring control to OS
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002904
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02002905 -30 arch/powerpc/lib/board.c Fatal error, hang the system
wdenk11dadd52004-02-27 00:07:27 +00002906 -31 post/post.c POST test failed, detected by post_output_backlog()
2907 -32 post/post.c POST test failed, detected by post_run_single()
wdenk63e73c92004-02-23 22:22:28 +00002908
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002909 34 common/cmd_doc.c before loading a Image from a DOC device
2910 -35 common/cmd_doc.c Bad usage of "doc" command
2911 35 common/cmd_doc.c correct usage of "doc" command
2912 -36 common/cmd_doc.c No boot device
2913 36 common/cmd_doc.c correct boot device
2914 -37 common/cmd_doc.c Unknown Chip ID on boot device
2915 37 common/cmd_doc.c correct chip ID found, device available
2916 -38 common/cmd_doc.c Read Error on boot device
2917 38 common/cmd_doc.c reading Image header from DOC device OK
2918 -39 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has bad magic number
2919 39 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has correct magic number
2920 -40 common/cmd_doc.c Error reading Image from DOC device
2921 40 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has correct magic number
2922 41 common/cmd_ide.c before loading a Image from a IDE device
2923 -42 common/cmd_ide.c Bad usage of "ide" command
2924 42 common/cmd_ide.c correct usage of "ide" command
2925 -43 common/cmd_ide.c No boot device
2926 43 common/cmd_ide.c boot device found
2927 -44 common/cmd_ide.c Device not available
2928 44 common/cmd_ide.c Device available
2929 -45 common/cmd_ide.c wrong partition selected
2930 45 common/cmd_ide.c partition selected
2931 -46 common/cmd_ide.c Unknown partition table
2932 46 common/cmd_ide.c valid partition table found
2933 -47 common/cmd_ide.c Invalid partition type
2934 47 common/cmd_ide.c correct partition type
2935 -48 common/cmd_ide.c Error reading Image Header on boot device
2936 48 common/cmd_ide.c reading Image Header from IDE device OK
2937 -49 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has bad magic number
2938 49 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has correct magic number
2939 -50 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has bad checksum
2940 50 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has correct checksum
2941 -51 common/cmd_ide.c Error reading Image from IDE device
2942 51 common/cmd_ide.c reading Image from IDE device OK
2943 52 common/cmd_nand.c before loading a Image from a NAND device
2944 -53 common/cmd_nand.c Bad usage of "nand" command
2945 53 common/cmd_nand.c correct usage of "nand" command
2946 -54 common/cmd_nand.c No boot device
2947 54 common/cmd_nand.c boot device found
2948 -55 common/cmd_nand.c Unknown Chip ID on boot device
2949 55 common/cmd_nand.c correct chip ID found, device available
2950 -56 common/cmd_nand.c Error reading Image Header on boot device
2951 56 common/cmd_nand.c reading Image Header from NAND device OK
2952 -57 common/cmd_nand.c Image header has bad magic number
2953 57 common/cmd_nand.c Image header has correct magic number
2954 -58 common/cmd_nand.c Error reading Image from NAND device
2955 58 common/cmd_nand.c reading Image from NAND device OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002956
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002957 -60 common/env_common.c Environment has a bad CRC, using default
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002958
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002959 64 net/eth.c starting with Ethernet configuration.
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002960 -64 net/eth.c no Ethernet found.
2961 65 net/eth.c Ethernet found.
wdenk206c60c2003-09-18 10:02:25 +00002962
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002963 -80 common/cmd_net.c usage wrong
Joe Hershbergerbc0571f2015-04-08 01:41:21 -05002964 80 common/cmd_net.c before calling net_loop()
2965 -81 common/cmd_net.c some error in net_loop() occurred
2966 81 common/cmd_net.c net_loop() back without error
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002967 -82 common/cmd_net.c size == 0 (File with size 0 loaded)
2968 82 common/cmd_net.c trying automatic boot
Wolfgang Denk74de7ae2009-04-01 23:34:12 +02002969 83 common/cmd_net.c running "source" command
2970 -83 common/cmd_net.c some error in automatic boot or "source" command
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002971 84 common/cmd_net.c end without errors
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002972
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002973FIT uImage format:
2974
2975 Arg Where When
2976 100 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel FIT Image has correct format
2977 -100 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel FIT Image has incorrect format
2978 101 common/cmd_bootm.c No Kernel subimage unit name, using configuration
2979 -101 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get configuration for kernel subimage
2980 102 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel unit name specified
2981 -103 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage node offset
Marian Balakowiczf773bea2008-03-12 10:35:46 +01002982 103 common/cmd_bootm.c Found configuration node
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002983 104 common/cmd_bootm.c Got kernel subimage node offset
2984 -104 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage hash verification failed
2985 105 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage hash verification OK
2986 -105 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage is for unsupported architecture
2987 106 common/cmd_bootm.c Architecture check OK
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002988 -106 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage has wrong type
2989 107 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage type OK
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002990 -107 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage data/size
2991 108 common/cmd_bootm.c Got kernel subimage data/size
2992 -108 common/cmd_bootm.c Wrong image type (not legacy, FIT)
2993 -109 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage type
2994 -110 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage comp
2995 -111 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage os
2996 -112 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage load address
2997 -113 common/cmd_bootm.c Image uncompress/copy overwrite error
2998
2999 120 common/image.c Start initial ramdisk verification
3000 -120 common/image.c Ramdisk FIT image has incorrect format
3001 121 common/image.c Ramdisk FIT image has correct format
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003002 122 common/image.c No ramdisk subimage unit name, using configuration
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003003 -122 common/image.c Can't get configuration for ramdisk subimage
3004 123 common/image.c Ramdisk unit name specified
3005 -124 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk subimage node offset
3006 125 common/image.c Got ramdisk subimage node offset
3007 -125 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage hash verification failed
3008 126 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage hash verification OK
3009 -126 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage for unsupported architecture
3010 127 common/image.c Architecture check OK
3011 -127 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk subimage data/size
3012 128 common/image.c Got ramdisk subimage data/size
3013 129 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk load address
3014 -129 common/image.c Got ramdisk load address
3015
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003016 -130 common/cmd_doc.c Incorrect FIT image format
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003017 131 common/cmd_doc.c FIT image format OK
3018
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003019 -140 common/cmd_ide.c Incorrect FIT image format
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003020 141 common/cmd_ide.c FIT image format OK
3021
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003022 -150 common/cmd_nand.c Incorrect FIT image format
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003023 151 common/cmd_nand.c FIT image format OK
3024
Heiko Schocher21d29f72014-05-28 11:33:33 +02003025- legacy image format:
3026 CONFIG_IMAGE_FORMAT_LEGACY
3027 enables the legacy image format support in U-Boot.
3028
3029 Default:
3030 enabled if CONFIG_FIT_SIGNATURE is not defined.
3031
3032 CONFIG_DISABLE_IMAGE_LEGACY
3033 disable the legacy image format
3034
3035 This define is introduced, as the legacy image format is
3036 enabled per default for backward compatibility.
3037
Gabe Blackd95f6ec2012-10-25 16:31:10 +00003038- FIT image support:
Dirk Eibach9a4f4792014-07-03 09:28:26 +02003039 CONFIG_FIT_DISABLE_SHA256
3040 Supporting SHA256 hashes has quite an impact on binary size.
3041 For constrained systems sha256 hash support can be disabled
3042 with this option.
3043
Simon Glass73223f02016-02-22 22:55:43 -07003044 TODO(sjg@chromium.org): Adjust this option to be positive,
3045 and move it to Kconfig
3046
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02003047- Standalone program support:
3048 CONFIG_STANDALONE_LOAD_ADDR
3049
Wolfgang Denk6feff892011-10-09 21:06:34 +02003050 This option defines a board specific value for the
3051 address where standalone program gets loaded, thus
3052 overwriting the architecture dependent default
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02003053 settings.
3054
3055- Frame Buffer Address:
3056 CONFIG_FB_ADDR
3057
3058 Define CONFIG_FB_ADDR if you want to use specific
Wolfgang Denk44a53b52013-01-03 00:43:59 +00003059 address for frame buffer. This is typically the case
3060 when using a graphics controller has separate video
3061 memory. U-Boot will then place the frame buffer at
3062 the given address instead of dynamically reserving it
3063 in system RAM by calling lcd_setmem(), which grabs
3064 the memory for the frame buffer depending on the
3065 configured panel size.
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02003066
3067 Please see board_init_f function.
3068
Detlev Zundelcccfc2a2009-12-01 17:16:19 +01003069- Automatic software updates via TFTP server
3070 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP
3071 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP_CNT_MAX
3072 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP_MSEC_MAX
3073
3074 These options enable and control the auto-update feature;
3075 for a more detailed description refer to doc/README.update.
3076
3077- MTD Support (mtdparts command, UBI support)
3078 CONFIG_MTD_DEVICE
3079
3080 Adds the MTD device infrastructure from the Linux kernel.
3081 Needed for mtdparts command support.
3082
3083 CONFIG_MTD_PARTITIONS
3084
3085 Adds the MTD partitioning infrastructure from the Linux
3086 kernel. Needed for UBI support.
3087
Joe Hershberger70c219c2013-04-08 10:32:48 +00003088- UBI support
3089 CONFIG_CMD_UBI
3090
3091 Adds commands for interacting with MTD partitions formatted
3092 with the UBI flash translation layer
3093
3094 Requires also defining CONFIG_RBTREE
3095
Joe Hershberger147162d2013-04-08 10:32:49 +00003096 CONFIG_UBI_SILENCE_MSG
3097
3098 Make the verbose messages from UBI stop printing. This leaves
3099 warnings and errors enabled.
3100
Heiko Schocherff94bc42014-06-24 10:10:04 +02003101
3102 CONFIG_MTD_UBI_WL_THRESHOLD
3103 This parameter defines the maximum difference between the highest
3104 erase counter value and the lowest erase counter value of eraseblocks
3105 of UBI devices. When this threshold is exceeded, UBI starts performing
3106 wear leveling by means of moving data from eraseblock with low erase
3107 counter to eraseblocks with high erase counter.
3108
3109 The default value should be OK for SLC NAND flashes, NOR flashes and
3110 other flashes which have eraseblock life-cycle 100000 or more.
3111 However, in case of MLC NAND flashes which typically have eraseblock
3112 life-cycle less than 10000, the threshold should be lessened (e.g.,
3113 to 128 or 256, although it does not have to be power of 2).
3114
3115 default: 4096
Simon Glassc654b512014-10-23 18:58:54 -06003116
Heiko Schocherff94bc42014-06-24 10:10:04 +02003117 CONFIG_MTD_UBI_BEB_LIMIT
3118 This option specifies the maximum bad physical eraseblocks UBI
3119 expects on the MTD device (per 1024 eraseblocks). If the
3120 underlying flash does not admit of bad eraseblocks (e.g. NOR
3121 flash), this value is ignored.
3122
3123 NAND datasheets often specify the minimum and maximum NVM
3124 (Number of Valid Blocks) for the flashes' endurance lifetime.
3125 The maximum expected bad eraseblocks per 1024 eraseblocks
3126 then can be calculated as "1024 * (1 - MinNVB / MaxNVB)",
3127 which gives 20 for most NANDs (MaxNVB is basically the total
3128 count of eraseblocks on the chip).
3129
3130 To put it differently, if this value is 20, UBI will try to
3131 reserve about 1.9% of physical eraseblocks for bad blocks
3132 handling. And that will be 1.9% of eraseblocks on the entire
3133 NAND chip, not just the MTD partition UBI attaches. This means
3134 that if you have, say, a NAND flash chip admits maximum 40 bad
3135 eraseblocks, and it is split on two MTD partitions of the same
3136 size, UBI will reserve 40 eraseblocks when attaching a
3137 partition.
3138
3139 default: 20
3140
3141 CONFIG_MTD_UBI_FASTMAP
3142 Fastmap is a mechanism which allows attaching an UBI device
3143 in nearly constant time. Instead of scanning the whole MTD device it
3144 only has to locate a checkpoint (called fastmap) on the device.
3145 The on-flash fastmap contains all information needed to attach
3146 the device. Using fastmap makes only sense on large devices where
3147 attaching by scanning takes long. UBI will not automatically install
3148 a fastmap on old images, but you can set the UBI parameter
3149 CONFIG_MTD_UBI_FASTMAP_AUTOCONVERT to 1 if you want so. Please note
3150 that fastmap-enabled images are still usable with UBI implementations
3151 without fastmap support. On typical flash devices the whole fastmap
3152 fits into one PEB. UBI will reserve PEBs to hold two fastmaps.
3153
3154 CONFIG_MTD_UBI_FASTMAP_AUTOCONVERT
3155 Set this parameter to enable fastmap automatically on images
3156 without a fastmap.
3157 default: 0
3158
Heiko Schocher0195a7b2015-10-22 06:19:21 +02003159 CONFIG_MTD_UBI_FM_DEBUG
3160 Enable UBI fastmap debug
3161 default: 0
3162
Joe Hershberger70c219c2013-04-08 10:32:48 +00003163- UBIFS support
3164 CONFIG_CMD_UBIFS
3165
3166 Adds commands for interacting with UBI volumes formatted as
3167 UBIFS. UBIFS is read-only in u-boot.
3168
3169 Requires UBI support as well as CONFIG_LZO
3170
Joe Hershberger147162d2013-04-08 10:32:49 +00003171 CONFIG_UBIFS_SILENCE_MSG
3172
3173 Make the verbose messages from UBIFS stop printing. This leaves
3174 warnings and errors enabled.
3175
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003176- SPL framework
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003177 CONFIG_SPL
3178 Enable building of SPL globally.
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003179
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003180 CONFIG_SPL_LDSCRIPT
3181 LDSCRIPT for linking the SPL binary.
3182
Albert ARIBAUD6ebc3462013-04-12 05:14:30 +00003183 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT
3184 Maximum size in memory allocated to the SPL, BSS included.
3185 When defined, the linker checks that the actual memory
3186 used by SPL from _start to __bss_end does not exceed it.
Albert ARIBAUD8960af82013-04-14 04:48:38 +00003187 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT and CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE
Albert ARIBAUD6ebc3462013-04-12 05:14:30 +00003188 must not be both defined at the same time.
3189
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003190 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE
Albert ARIBAUD6ebc3462013-04-12 05:14:30 +00003191 Maximum size of the SPL image (text, data, rodata, and
3192 linker lists sections), BSS excluded.
3193 When defined, the linker checks that the actual size does
3194 not exceed it.
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003195
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003196 CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE
3197 TEXT_BASE for linking the SPL binary.
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003198
Scott Wood94a45bb2012-09-20 19:05:12 -05003199 CONFIG_SPL_RELOC_TEXT_BASE
3200 Address to relocate to. If unspecified, this is equal to
3201 CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE (i.e. no relocation is done).
3202
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003203 CONFIG_SPL_BSS_START_ADDR
3204 Link address for the BSS within the SPL binary.
3205
3206 CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE
Albert ARIBAUD6ebc3462013-04-12 05:14:30 +00003207 Maximum size in memory allocated to the SPL BSS.
3208 When defined, the linker checks that the actual memory used
3209 by SPL from __bss_start to __bss_end does not exceed it.
Albert ARIBAUD8960af82013-04-14 04:48:38 +00003210 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT and CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE
Albert ARIBAUD6ebc3462013-04-12 05:14:30 +00003211 must not be both defined at the same time.
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003212
3213 CONFIG_SPL_STACK
3214 Adress of the start of the stack SPL will use
3215
Albert ARIBAUD \(3ADEV\)8c80eb32015-03-31 11:40:50 +02003216 CONFIG_SPL_PANIC_ON_RAW_IMAGE
3217 When defined, SPL will panic() if the image it has
3218 loaded does not have a signature.
3219 Defining this is useful when code which loads images
3220 in SPL cannot guarantee that absolutely all read errors
3221 will be caught.
3222 An example is the LPC32XX MLC NAND driver, which will
3223 consider that a completely unreadable NAND block is bad,
3224 and thus should be skipped silently.
3225
Scott Wood94a45bb2012-09-20 19:05:12 -05003226 CONFIG_SPL_RELOC_STACK
3227 Adress of the start of the stack SPL will use after
3228 relocation. If unspecified, this is equal to
3229 CONFIG_SPL_STACK.
3230
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003231 CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_START
3232 Starting address of the malloc pool used in SPL.
Fabio Estevam9ac4fc82015-11-12 12:30:19 -02003233 When this option is set the full malloc is used in SPL and
3234 it is set up by spl_init() and before that, the simple malloc()
3235 can be used if CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_F is defined.
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003236
3237 CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_SIZE
3238 The size of the malloc pool used in SPL.
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003239
Tom Rini47f7bca2012-08-13 12:03:19 -07003240 CONFIG_SPL_FRAMEWORK
3241 Enable the SPL framework under common/. This framework
3242 supports MMC, NAND and YMODEM loading of U-Boot and NAND
3243 NAND loading of the Linux Kernel.
3244
Tom Rini9607faf2014-03-28 12:03:39 -04003245 CONFIG_SPL_OS_BOOT
3246 Enable booting directly to an OS from SPL.
3247 See also: doc/README.falcon
3248
Tom Rini861a86f2012-08-13 11:37:56 -07003249 CONFIG_SPL_DISPLAY_PRINT
3250 For ARM, enable an optional function to print more information
3251 about the running system.
3252
Scott Wood4b919722012-09-20 16:35:21 -05003253 CONFIG_SPL_INIT_MINIMAL
3254 Arch init code should be built for a very small image
3255
Paul Kocialkowskib97300b2014-11-08 23:14:56 +01003256 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_U_BOOT_PARTITION
3257 Partition on the MMC to load U-Boot from when the MMC is being
3258 used in raw mode
3259
Peter Korsgaard2b75b0a2013-05-13 08:36:29 +00003260 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_KERNEL_SECTOR
3261 Sector to load kernel uImage from when MMC is being
3262 used in raw mode (for Falcon mode)
3263
3264 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_ARGS_SECTOR,
3265 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_ARGS_SECTORS
3266 Sector and number of sectors to load kernel argument
3267 parameters from when MMC is being used in raw mode
3268 (for falcon mode)
3269
Paul Kocialkowskie2ccdf82014-11-08 23:14:55 +01003270 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_FS_BOOT_PARTITION
3271 Partition on the MMC to load U-Boot from when the MMC is being
3272 used in fs mode
3273
Guillaume GARDETfae81c72014-10-15 17:53:13 +02003274 CONFIG_SPL_FS_LOAD_PAYLOAD_NAME
3275 Filename to read to load U-Boot when reading from filesystem
3276
3277 CONFIG_SPL_FS_LOAD_KERNEL_NAME
Peter Korsgaard7ad2cc72013-05-13 08:36:27 +00003278 Filename to read to load kernel uImage when reading
Guillaume GARDETfae81c72014-10-15 17:53:13 +02003279 from filesystem (for Falcon mode)
Peter Korsgaard7ad2cc72013-05-13 08:36:27 +00003280
Guillaume GARDETfae81c72014-10-15 17:53:13 +02003281 CONFIG_SPL_FS_LOAD_ARGS_NAME
Peter Korsgaard7ad2cc72013-05-13 08:36:27 +00003282 Filename to read to load kernel argument parameters
Guillaume GARDETfae81c72014-10-15 17:53:13 +02003283 when reading from filesystem (for Falcon mode)
Peter Korsgaard7ad2cc72013-05-13 08:36:27 +00003284
Scott Wood06f60ae2012-12-06 13:33:17 +00003285 CONFIG_SPL_MPC83XX_WAIT_FOR_NAND
3286 Set this for NAND SPL on PPC mpc83xx targets, so that
3287 start.S waits for the rest of the SPL to load before
3288 continuing (the hardware starts execution after just
3289 loading the first page rather than the full 4K).
3290
Prabhakar Kushwaha651fcf62014-04-08 19:12:31 +05303291 CONFIG_SPL_SKIP_RELOCATE
3292 Avoid SPL relocation
3293
Scott Wood6f2f01b2012-09-20 19:09:07 -05003294 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_BASE
3295 Include nand_base.c in the SPL. Requires
3296 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_DRIVERS.
3297
3298 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_DRIVERS
3299 SPL uses normal NAND drivers, not minimal drivers.
3300
3301 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_ECC
3302 Include standard software ECC in the SPL
3303
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003304 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_SIMPLE
Scott Wood7d4b7952012-09-21 18:35:27 -05003305 Support for NAND boot using simple NAND drivers that
3306 expose the cmd_ctrl() interface.
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003307
Thomas Gleixner6f4e7d32016-07-12 20:28:12 +02003308 CONFIG_SPL_UBI
3309 Support for a lightweight UBI (fastmap) scanner and
3310 loader
3311
Heiko Schocher0c3117b2014-10-31 08:31:00 +01003312 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_RAW_ONLY
3313 Support to boot only raw u-boot.bin images. Use this only
3314 if you need to save space.
3315
Ying Zhang7c8eea52013-08-16 15:16:12 +08003316 CONFIG_SPL_COMMON_INIT_DDR
3317 Set for common ddr init with serial presence detect in
3318 SPL binary.
3319
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003320 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_5_ADDR_CYCLE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_PAGE_COUNT,
3321 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_PAGE_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_OOBSIZE,
3322 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BLOCK_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BAD_BLOCK_POS,
3323 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCPOS, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCSIZE,
3324 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCBYTES
3325 Defines the size and behavior of the NAND that SPL uses
Scott Wood7d4b7952012-09-21 18:35:27 -05003326 to read U-Boot
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003327
Prabhakar Kushwahafbe76ae2013-12-11 12:42:11 +05303328 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_BOOT
3329 Add support NAND boot
3330
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003331 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_OFFS
Scott Wood7d4b7952012-09-21 18:35:27 -05003332 Location in NAND to read U-Boot from
3333
3334 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_DST
3335 Location in memory to load U-Boot to
3336
3337 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_SIZE
3338 Size of image to load
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003339
3340 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_START
Scott Wood7d4b7952012-09-21 18:35:27 -05003341 Entry point in loaded image to jump to
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003342
3343 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_HW_ECC_OOBFIRST
3344 Define this if you need to first read the OOB and then the
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08003345 data. This is used, for example, on davinci platforms.
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003346
3347 CONFIG_SPL_OMAP3_ID_NAND
3348 Support for an OMAP3-specific set of functions to return the
3349 ID and MFR of the first attached NAND chip, if present.
3350
Pavel Machekc57b9532012-08-30 22:42:11 +02003351 CONFIG_SPL_RAM_DEVICE
3352 Support for running image already present in ram, in SPL binary
3353
Scott Wood74752ba2012-12-06 13:33:16 +00003354 CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO
Benoît Thébaudeau6113d3f2013-04-11 09:35:49 +00003355 Image offset to which the SPL should be padded before appending
3356 the SPL payload. By default, this is defined as
3357 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE, or 0 if CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE is undefined.
3358 CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO must be either 0, meaning to append the SPL
3359 payload without any padding, or >= CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE.
Scott Wood74752ba2012-12-06 13:33:16 +00003360
Scott Woodca2fca22012-09-21 16:27:32 -05003361 CONFIG_SPL_TARGET
3362 Final target image containing SPL and payload. Some SPLs
3363 use an arch-specific makefile fragment instead, for
3364 example if more than one image needs to be produced.
3365
Simon Glass87ebee32013-05-08 08:05:59 +00003366 CONFIG_FIT_SPL_PRINT
3367 Printing information about a FIT image adds quite a bit of
3368 code to SPL. So this is normally disabled in SPL. Use this
3369 option to re-enable it. This will affect the output of the
3370 bootm command when booting a FIT image.
3371
Ying Zhang3aa29de2013-08-16 15:16:15 +08003372- TPL framework
3373 CONFIG_TPL
3374 Enable building of TPL globally.
3375
3376 CONFIG_TPL_PAD_TO
3377 Image offset to which the TPL should be padded before appending
3378 the TPL payload. By default, this is defined as
Wolfgang Denk93e14592013-10-04 17:43:24 +02003379 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE, or 0 if CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE is undefined.
3380 CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO must be either 0, meaning to append the SPL
3381 payload without any padding, or >= CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE.
Ying Zhang3aa29de2013-08-16 15:16:15 +08003382
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00003383- Interrupt support (PPC):
3384
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00003385 There are common interrupt_init() and timer_interrupt()
3386 for all PPC archs. interrupt_init() calls interrupt_init_cpu()
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003387 for CPU specific initialization. interrupt_init_cpu()
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00003388 should set decrementer_count to appropriate value. If
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003389 CPU resets decrementer automatically after interrupt
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00003390 (ppc4xx) it should set decrementer_count to zero.
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003391 timer_interrupt() calls timer_interrupt_cpu() for CPU
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00003392 specific handling. If board has watchdog / status_led
3393 / other_activity_monitor it works automatically from
3394 general timer_interrupt().
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00003395
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003396
Helmut Raiger9660e442011-10-20 04:19:47 +00003397Board initialization settings:
3398------------------------------
3399
3400During Initialization u-boot calls a number of board specific functions
3401to allow the preparation of board specific prerequisites, e.g. pin setup
3402before drivers are initialized. To enable these callbacks the
3403following configuration macros have to be defined. Currently this is
3404architecture specific, so please check arch/your_architecture/lib/board.c
3405typically in board_init_f() and board_init_r().
3406
3407- CONFIG_BOARD_EARLY_INIT_F: Call board_early_init_f()
3408- CONFIG_BOARD_EARLY_INIT_R: Call board_early_init_r()
3409- CONFIG_BOARD_LATE_INIT: Call board_late_init()
3410- CONFIG_BOARD_POSTCLK_INIT: Call board_postclk_init()
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003411
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003412Configuration Settings:
3413-----------------------
3414
York Sun4d1fd7f2014-02-26 17:03:19 -08003415- CONFIG_SYS_SUPPORT_64BIT_DATA: Defined automatically if compiled as 64-bit.
3416 Optionally it can be defined to support 64-bit memory commands.
3417
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003418- CONFIG_SYS_LONGHELP: Defined when you want long help messages included;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003419 undefine this when you're short of memory.
3420
Peter Tyser2fb26042009-01-27 18:03:12 -06003421- CONFIG_SYS_HELP_CMD_WIDTH: Defined when you want to override the default
3422 width of the commands listed in the 'help' command output.
3423
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003424- CONFIG_SYS_PROMPT: This is what U-Boot prints on the console to
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003425 prompt for user input.
3426
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003427- CONFIG_SYS_CBSIZE: Buffer size for input from the Console
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003428
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003429- CONFIG_SYS_PBSIZE: Buffer size for Console output
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003430
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003431- CONFIG_SYS_MAXARGS: max. Number of arguments accepted for monitor commands
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003432
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003433- CONFIG_SYS_BARGSIZE: Buffer size for Boot Arguments which are passed to
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003434 the application (usually a Linux kernel) when it is
3435 booted
3436
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003437- CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003438 List of legal baudrate settings for this board.
3439
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003440- CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_START, CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_END:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003441 Begin and End addresses of the area used by the
3442 simple memory test.
3443
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003444- CONFIG_SYS_ALT_MEMTEST:
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003445 Enable an alternate, more extensive memory test.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003446
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003447- CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_SCRATCH:
wdenk5f535fe2003-09-18 09:21:33 +00003448 Scratch address used by the alternate memory test
3449 You only need to set this if address zero isn't writeable
3450
York Sune8149522015-12-04 11:57:07 -08003451- CONFIG_SYS_MEM_RESERVE_SECURE
York Sune61a7532016-06-24 16:46:18 -07003452 Only implemented for ARMv8 for now.
York Sune8149522015-12-04 11:57:07 -08003453 If defined, the size of CONFIG_SYS_MEM_RESERVE_SECURE memory
3454 is substracted from total RAM and won't be reported to OS.
3455 This memory can be used as secure memory. A variable
York Sune61a7532016-06-24 16:46:18 -07003456 gd->arch.secure_ram is used to track the location. In systems
York Sune8149522015-12-04 11:57:07 -08003457 the RAM base is not zero, or RAM is divided into banks,
3458 this variable needs to be recalcuated to get the address.
3459
York Sunaabd7dd2015-12-07 11:05:29 -08003460- CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003461 If CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE is defined in the board config header,
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01003462 this specified memory area will get subtracted from the top
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003463 (end) of RAM and won't get "touched" at all by U-Boot. By
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01003464 fixing up gd->ram_size the Linux kernel should gets passed
3465 the now "corrected" memory size and won't touch it either.
3466 This should work for arch/ppc and arch/powerpc. Only Linux
Stefan Roese5e12e752008-03-28 11:02:53 +01003467 board ports in arch/powerpc with bootwrapper support that
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01003468 recalculate the memory size from the SDRAM controller setup
Stefan Roese5e12e752008-03-28 11:02:53 +01003469 will have to get fixed in Linux additionally.
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01003470
3471 This option can be used as a workaround for the 440EPx/GRx
3472 CHIP 11 errata where the last 256 bytes in SDRAM shouldn't
3473 be touched.
3474
3475 WARNING: Please make sure that this value is a multiple of
3476 the Linux page size (normally 4k). If this is not the case,
3477 then the end address of the Linux memory will be located at a
3478 non page size aligned address and this could cause major
3479 problems.
3480
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003481- CONFIG_SYS_LOADS_BAUD_CHANGE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003482 Enable temporary baudrate change while serial download
3483
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003484- CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003485 Physical start address of SDRAM. _Must_ be 0 here.
3486
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003487- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003488 Physical start address of Flash memory.
3489
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003490- CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003491 Physical start address of boot monitor code (set by
3492 make config files to be same as the text base address
Wolfgang Denk14d0a022010-10-07 21:51:12 +02003493 (CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE) used when linking) - same as
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003494 CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE when booting from flash.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003495
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003496- CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_LEN:
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003497 Size of memory reserved for monitor code, used to
3498 determine _at_compile_time_ (!) if the environment is
3499 embedded within the U-Boot image, or in a separate
3500 flash sector.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003501
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003502- CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003503 Size of DRAM reserved for malloc() use.
3504
Simon Glassd59476b2014-07-10 22:23:28 -06003505- CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_F_LEN
3506 Size of the malloc() pool for use before relocation. If
3507 this is defined, then a very simple malloc() implementation
3508 will become available before relocation. The address is just
3509 below the global data, and the stack is moved down to make
3510 space.
3511
3512 This feature allocates regions with increasing addresses
3513 within the region. calloc() is supported, but realloc()
3514 is not available. free() is supported but does nothing.
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08003515 The memory will be freed (or in fact just forgotten) when
Simon Glassd59476b2014-07-10 22:23:28 -06003516 U-Boot relocates itself.
3517
Simon Glass38687ae2014-11-10 17:16:54 -07003518- CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_SIMPLE
3519 Provides a simple and small malloc() and calloc() for those
3520 boards which do not use the full malloc in SPL (which is
3521 enabled with CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_START).
3522
Thierry Reding1dfdd9b2014-12-09 22:25:22 -07003523- CONFIG_SYS_NONCACHED_MEMORY:
3524 Size of non-cached memory area. This area of memory will be
3525 typically located right below the malloc() area and mapped
3526 uncached in the MMU. This is useful for drivers that would
3527 otherwise require a lot of explicit cache maintenance. For
3528 some drivers it's also impossible to properly maintain the
3529 cache. For example if the regions that need to be flushed
3530 are not a multiple of the cache-line size, *and* padding
3531 cannot be allocated between the regions to align them (i.e.
3532 if the HW requires a contiguous array of regions, and the
3533 size of each region is not cache-aligned), then a flush of
3534 one region may result in overwriting data that hardware has
3535 written to another region in the same cache-line. This can
3536 happen for example in network drivers where descriptors for
3537 buffers are typically smaller than the CPU cache-line (e.g.
3538 16 bytes vs. 32 or 64 bytes).
3539
3540 Non-cached memory is only supported on 32-bit ARM at present.
3541
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003542- CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN:
Stefan Roese15940c92006-03-13 11:16:36 +01003543 Normally compressed uImages are limited to an
3544 uncompressed size of 8 MBytes. If this is not enough,
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003545 you can define CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN in your board config file
Stefan Roese15940c92006-03-13 11:16:36 +01003546 to adjust this setting to your needs.
3547
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003548- CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003549 Maximum size of memory mapped by the startup code of
3550 the Linux kernel; all data that must be processed by
Bartlomiej Sieka7d721e32008-04-14 15:44:16 +02003551 the Linux kernel (bd_info, boot arguments, FDT blob if
3552 used) must be put below this limit, unless "bootm_low"
Robert P. J. Day1bce2ae2013-09-16 07:15:45 -04003553 environment variable is defined and non-zero. In such case
Bartlomiej Sieka7d721e32008-04-14 15:44:16 +02003554 all data for the Linux kernel must be between "bootm_low"
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00003555 and "bootm_low" + CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ. The environment
Grant Likelyc3624e62011-03-28 09:58:43 +00003556 variable "bootm_mapsize" will override the value of
3557 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ. If CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ is undefined,
3558 then the value in "bootm_size" will be used instead.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003559
John Rigbyfca43cc2010-10-13 13:57:35 -06003560- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_RAMDISK_HIGH:
3561 Enable initrd_high functionality. If defined then the
3562 initrd_high feature is enabled and the bootm ramdisk subcommand
3563 is enabled.
3564
3565- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_GET_CMDLINE:
3566 Enables allocating and saving kernel cmdline in space between
3567 "bootm_low" and "bootm_low" + BOOTMAPSZ.
3568
3569- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_GET_KBD:
3570 Enables allocating and saving a kernel copy of the bd_info in
3571 space between "bootm_low" and "bootm_low" + BOOTMAPSZ.
3572
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003573- CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_BANKS:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003574 Max number of Flash memory banks
3575
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003576- CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_SECT:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003577 Max number of sectors on a Flash chip
3578
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003579- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_ERASE_TOUT:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003580 Timeout for Flash erase operations (in ms)
3581
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003582- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_WRITE_TOUT:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003583 Timeout for Flash write operations (in ms)
3584
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003585- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_LOCK_TOUT
wdenk8564acf2003-07-14 22:13:32 +00003586 Timeout for Flash set sector lock bit operation (in ms)
3587
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003588- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_UNLOCK_TOUT
wdenk8564acf2003-07-14 22:13:32 +00003589 Timeout for Flash clear lock bits operation (in ms)
3590
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003591- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_PROTECTION
wdenk8564acf2003-07-14 22:13:32 +00003592 If defined, hardware flash sectors protection is used
3593 instead of U-Boot software protection.
3594
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003595- CONFIG_SYS_DIRECT_FLASH_TFTP:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003596
3597 Enable TFTP transfers directly to flash memory;
3598 without this option such a download has to be
3599 performed in two steps: (1) download to RAM, and (2)
3600 copy from RAM to flash.
3601
3602 The two-step approach is usually more reliable, since
3603 you can check if the download worked before you erase
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003604 the flash, but in some situations (when system RAM is
3605 too limited to allow for a temporary copy of the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003606 downloaded image) this option may be very useful.
3607
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003608- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_CFI:
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003609 Define if the flash driver uses extra elements in the
wdenk5653fc32004-02-08 22:55:38 +00003610 common flash structure for storing flash geometry.
3611
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD00b18832008-08-13 01:40:42 +02003612- CONFIG_FLASH_CFI_DRIVER
wdenk5653fc32004-02-08 22:55:38 +00003613 This option also enables the building of the cfi_flash driver
3614 in the drivers directory
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003615
Piotr Ziecik91809ed2008-11-17 15:57:58 +01003616- CONFIG_FLASH_CFI_MTD
3617 This option enables the building of the cfi_mtd driver
3618 in the drivers directory. The driver exports CFI flash
3619 to the MTD layer.
3620
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003621- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_USE_BUFFER_WRITE
Guennadi Liakhovetski96ef8312008-04-03 13:36:02 +02003622 Use buffered writes to flash.
3623
3624- CONFIG_FLASH_SPANSION_S29WS_N
3625 s29ws-n MirrorBit flash has non-standard addresses for buffered
3626 write commands.
3627
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003628- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_QUIET_TEST
Stefan Roese5568e612005-11-22 13:20:42 +01003629 If this option is defined, the common CFI flash doesn't
3630 print it's warning upon not recognized FLASH banks. This
3631 is useful, if some of the configured banks are only
3632 optionally available.
3633
Jerry Van Baren9a042e92008-03-08 13:48:01 -05003634- CONFIG_FLASH_SHOW_PROGRESS
3635 If defined (must be an integer), print out countdown
3636 digits and dots. Recommended value: 45 (9..1) for 80
3637 column displays, 15 (3..1) for 40 column displays.
3638
Stefan Roese352ef3f2013-04-04 15:53:14 +02003639- CONFIG_FLASH_VERIFY
3640 If defined, the content of the flash (destination) is compared
3641 against the source after the write operation. An error message
3642 will be printed when the contents are not identical.
3643 Please note that this option is useless in nearly all cases,
3644 since such flash programming errors usually are detected earlier
3645 while unprotecting/erasing/programming. Please only enable
3646 this option if you really know what you are doing.
3647
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003648- CONFIG_SYS_RX_ETH_BUFFER:
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003649 Defines the number of Ethernet receive buffers. On some
3650 Ethernet controllers it is recommended to set this value
stroese53cf9432003-06-05 15:39:44 +00003651 to 8 or even higher (EEPRO100 or 405 EMAC), since all
3652 buffers can be full shortly after enabling the interface
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003653 on high Ethernet traffic.
stroese53cf9432003-06-05 15:39:44 +00003654 Defaults to 4 if not defined.
3655
Wolfgang Denkea882ba2010-06-20 23:33:59 +02003656- CONFIG_ENV_MAX_ENTRIES
3657
Wolfgang Denk071bc922010-10-27 22:48:30 +02003658 Maximum number of entries in the hash table that is used
3659 internally to store the environment settings. The default
3660 setting is supposed to be generous and should work in most
3661 cases. This setting can be used to tune behaviour; see
3662 lib/hashtable.c for details.
Wolfgang Denkea882ba2010-06-20 23:33:59 +02003663
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06003664- CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_DEFAULT
3665- CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC
Robert P. J. Day1bce2ae2013-09-16 07:15:45 -04003666 Enable validation of the values given to environment variables when
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06003667 calling env set. Variables can be restricted to only decimal,
3668 hexadecimal, or boolean. If CONFIG_CMD_NET is also defined,
3669 the variables can also be restricted to IP address or MAC address.
3670
3671 The format of the list is:
3672 type_attribute = [s|d|x|b|i|m]
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08003673 access_attribute = [a|r|o|c]
3674 attributes = type_attribute[access_attribute]
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06003675 entry = variable_name[:attributes]
3676 list = entry[,list]
3677
3678 The type attributes are:
3679 s - String (default)
3680 d - Decimal
3681 x - Hexadecimal
3682 b - Boolean ([1yYtT|0nNfF])
3683 i - IP address
3684 m - MAC address
3685
Joe Hershberger267541f2012-12-11 22:16:34 -06003686 The access attributes are:
3687 a - Any (default)
3688 r - Read-only
3689 o - Write-once
3690 c - Change-default
3691
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06003692 - CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_DEFAULT
3693 Define this to a list (string) to define the ".flags"
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08003694 environment variable in the default or embedded environment.
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06003695
3696 - CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC
3697 Define this to a list (string) to define validation that
3698 should be done if an entry is not found in the ".flags"
3699 environment variable. To override a setting in the static
3700 list, simply add an entry for the same variable name to the
3701 ".flags" variable.
3702
Joe Hershbergerbdf1fe42015-05-20 14:27:20 -05003703 If CONFIG_REGEX is defined, the variable_name above is evaluated as a
3704 regular expression. This allows multiple variables to define the same
3705 flags without explicitly listing them for each variable.
3706
Joe Hershberger267541f2012-12-11 22:16:34 -06003707- CONFIG_ENV_ACCESS_IGNORE_FORCE
3708 If defined, don't allow the -f switch to env set override variable
3709 access flags.
3710
Lokesh Vutla0b1b60c2013-04-17 20:49:40 +00003711- CONFIG_OMAP_PLATFORM_RESET_TIME_MAX_USEC (OMAP only)
3712 This is set by OMAP boards for the max time that reset should
3713 be asserted. See doc/README.omap-reset-time for details on how
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08003714 the value can be calculated on a given board.
Simon Glass632efa72013-03-11 07:06:48 +00003715
Gabe Black0d296cc2014-10-15 04:38:30 -06003716- CONFIG_USE_STDINT
3717 If stdint.h is available with your toolchain you can define this
3718 option to enable it. You can provide option 'USE_STDINT=1' when
3719 building U-Boot to enable this.
3720
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003721The following definitions that deal with the placement and management
3722of environment data (variable area); in general, we support the
3723following configurations:
3724
Mike Frysingerc3eb3fe2011-07-08 10:44:25 +00003725- CONFIG_BUILD_ENVCRC:
3726
3727 Builds up envcrc with the target environment so that external utils
3728 may easily extract it and embed it in final U-Boot images.
3729
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD5a1aceb2008-09-10 22:48:04 +02003730- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FLASH:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003731
3732 Define this if the environment is in flash memory.
3733
3734 a) The environment occupies one whole flash sector, which is
3735 "embedded" in the text segment with the U-Boot code. This
3736 happens usually with "bottom boot sector" or "top boot
3737 sector" type flash chips, which have several smaller
3738 sectors at the start or the end. For instance, such a
3739 layout can have sector sizes of 8, 2x4, 16, Nx32 kB. In
3740 such a case you would place the environment in one of the
3741 4 kB sectors - with U-Boot code before and after it. With
3742 "top boot sector" type flash chips, you would put the
3743 environment in one of the last sectors, leaving a gap
3744 between U-Boot and the environment.
3745
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003746 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003747
3748 Offset of environment data (variable area) to the
3749 beginning of flash memory; for instance, with bottom boot
3750 type flash chips the second sector can be used: the offset
3751 for this sector is given here.
3752
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003753 CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET is used relative to CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003754
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003755 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003756
3757 This is just another way to specify the start address of
3758 the flash sector containing the environment (instead of
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003759 CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003760
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003761 - CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003762
3763 Size of the sector containing the environment.
3764
3765
3766 b) Sometimes flash chips have few, equal sized, BIG sectors.
3767 In such a case you don't want to spend a whole sector for
3768 the environment.
3769
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003770 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003771
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD5a1aceb2008-09-10 22:48:04 +02003772 If you use this in combination with CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FLASH
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003773 and CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE, you can specify to use only a part
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003774 of this flash sector for the environment. This saves
3775 memory for the RAM copy of the environment.
3776
3777 It may also save flash memory if you decide to use this
3778 when your environment is "embedded" within U-Boot code,
3779 since then the remainder of the flash sector could be used
3780 for U-Boot code. It should be pointed out that this is
3781 STRONGLY DISCOURAGED from a robustness point of view:
3782 updating the environment in flash makes it always
3783 necessary to erase the WHOLE sector. If something goes
3784 wrong before the contents has been restored from a copy in
3785 RAM, your target system will be dead.
3786
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003787 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR_REDUND
3788 CONFIG_ENV_SIZE_REDUND
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003789
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003790 These settings describe a second storage area used to hold
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003791 a redundant copy of the environment data, so that there is
wdenk3e386912003-04-05 00:53:31 +00003792 a valid backup copy in case there is a power failure during
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003793 a "saveenv" operation.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003794
3795BE CAREFUL! Any changes to the flash layout, and some changes to the
3796source code will make it necessary to adapt <board>/u-boot.lds*
3797accordingly!
3798
3799
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD9314cee2008-09-10 22:47:59 +02003800- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_NVRAM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003801
3802 Define this if you have some non-volatile memory device
3803 (NVRAM, battery buffered SRAM) which you want to use for the
3804 environment.
3805
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003806 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
3807 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003808
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003809 These two #defines are used to determine the memory area you
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003810 want to use for environment. It is assumed that this memory
3811 can just be read and written to, without any special
3812 provision.
3813
3814BE CAREFUL! The first access to the environment happens quite early
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08003815in U-Boot initialization (when we try to get the setting of for the
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003816console baudrate). You *MUST* have mapped your NVRAM area then, or
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003817U-Boot will hang.
3818
3819Please note that even with NVRAM we still use a copy of the
3820environment in RAM: we could work on NVRAM directly, but we want to
3821keep settings there always unmodified except somebody uses "saveenv"
3822to save the current settings.
3823
3824
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARDbb1f8b42008-09-05 09:19:30 +02003825- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_EEPROM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003826
3827 Use this if you have an EEPROM or similar serial access
3828 device and a driver for it.
3829
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003830 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
3831 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003832
3833 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the
3834 environment area within the total memory of your EEPROM.
3835
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003836 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003837 If defined, specified the chip address of the EEPROM device.
3838 The default address is zero.
3839
Christian Gmeiner189d2572015-02-11 15:19:31 +01003840 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_BUS:
3841 If defined, specified the i2c bus of the EEPROM device.
3842
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003843 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_PAGE_WRITE_BITS:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003844 If defined, the number of bits used to address bytes in a
3845 single page in the EEPROM device. A 64 byte page, for example
3846 would require six bits.
3847
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003848 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_PAGE_WRITE_DELAY_MS:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003849 If defined, the number of milliseconds to delay between
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00003850 page writes. The default is zero milliseconds.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003851
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003852 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR_LEN:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003853 The length in bytes of the EEPROM memory array address. Note
3854 that this is NOT the chip address length!
3855
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003856 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR_OVERFLOW:
wdenk5cf91d62004-04-23 20:32:05 +00003857 EEPROM chips that implement "address overflow" are ones
3858 like Catalyst 24WC04/08/16 which has 9/10/11 bits of
3859 address and the extra bits end up in the "chip address" bit
3860 slots. This makes a 24WC08 (1Kbyte) chip look like four 256
3861 byte chips.
3862
3863 Note that we consider the length of the address field to
3864 still be one byte because the extra address bits are hidden
3865 in the chip address.
3866
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003867 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003868 The size in bytes of the EEPROM device.
3869
Heiko Schocher548738b2010-01-07 08:55:40 +01003870 - CONFIG_ENV_EEPROM_IS_ON_I2C
3871 define this, if you have I2C and SPI activated, and your
3872 EEPROM, which holds the environment, is on the I2C bus.
3873
3874 - CONFIG_I2C_ENV_EEPROM_BUS
3875 if you have an Environment on an EEPROM reached over
3876 I2C muxes, you can define here, how to reach this
3877 EEPROM. For example:
3878
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01003879 #define CONFIG_I2C_ENV_EEPROM_BUS 1
Heiko Schocher548738b2010-01-07 08:55:40 +01003880
3881 EEPROM which holds the environment, is reached over
3882 a pca9547 i2c mux with address 0x70, channel 3.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003883
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD057c8492008-09-10 22:47:58 +02003884- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_DATAFLASH:
wdenk5779d8d2003-12-06 23:55:10 +00003885
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00003886 Define this if you have a DataFlash memory device which you
wdenk5779d8d2003-12-06 23:55:10 +00003887 want to use for the environment.
3888
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003889 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
3890 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
3891 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenk5779d8d2003-12-06 23:55:10 +00003892
3893 These three #defines specify the offset and size of the
3894 environment area within the total memory of your DataFlash placed
3895 at the specified address.
3896
Wu, Joshbd83b592014-07-01 19:30:13 +08003897- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_SPI_FLASH:
3898
3899 Define this if you have a SPI Flash memory device which you
3900 want to use for the environment.
3901
3902 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
3903 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
3904
3905 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the
3906 environment area within the SPI Flash. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET must be
3907 aligned to an erase sector boundary.
3908
3909 - CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE:
3910
3911 Define the SPI flash's sector size.
3912
3913 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND (optional):
3914
3915 This setting describes a second storage area of CONFIG_ENV_SIZE
3916 size used to hold a redundant copy of the environment data, so
3917 that there is a valid backup copy in case there is a power failure
Simon Glass9dd05fb2016-10-02 18:00:58 -06003918 during a "saveenv" operation. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND must be
Wu, Joshbd83b592014-07-01 19:30:13 +08003919 aligned to an erase sector boundary.
3920
3921 - CONFIG_ENV_SPI_BUS (optional):
3922 - CONFIG_ENV_SPI_CS (optional):
3923
3924 Define the SPI bus and chip select. If not defined they will be 0.
3925
3926 - CONFIG_ENV_SPI_MAX_HZ (optional):
3927
3928 Define the SPI max work clock. If not defined then use 1MHz.
3929
3930 - CONFIG_ENV_SPI_MODE (optional):
3931
3932 Define the SPI work mode. If not defined then use SPI_MODE_3.
3933
Liu Gang0a85a9e2012-03-08 00:33:20 +00003934- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_REMOTE:
3935
3936 Define this if you have a remote memory space which you
3937 want to use for the local device's environment.
3938
3939 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
3940 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
3941
3942 These two #defines specify the address and size of the
3943 environment area within the remote memory space. The
3944 local device can get the environment from remote memory
Liu Gangfc54c7f2012-08-09 05:10:01 +00003945 space by SRIO or PCIE links.
Liu Gang0a85a9e2012-03-08 00:33:20 +00003946
3947BE CAREFUL! For some special cases, the local device can not use
3948"saveenv" command. For example, the local device will get the
Liu Gangfc54c7f2012-08-09 05:10:01 +00003949environment stored in a remote NOR flash by SRIO or PCIE link,
3950but it can not erase, write this NOR flash by SRIO or PCIE interface.
Liu Gang0a85a9e2012-03-08 00:33:20 +00003951
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD51bfee12008-09-10 22:47:58 +02003952- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_NAND:
wdenk13a56952004-06-09 14:58:14 +00003953
3954 Define this if you have a NAND device which you want to use
3955 for the environment.
3956
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003957 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
3958 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenk13a56952004-06-09 14:58:14 +00003959
3960 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the environment
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05003961 area within the first NAND device. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET must be
3962 aligned to an erase block boundary.
wdenk5779d8d2003-12-06 23:55:10 +00003963
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05003964 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND (optional):
Markus Klotzbuechere443c942006-03-20 18:02:44 +01003965
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003966 This setting describes a second storage area of CONFIG_ENV_SIZE
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05003967 size used to hold a redundant copy of the environment data, so
3968 that there is a valid backup copy in case there is a power failure
Simon Glass9dd05fb2016-10-02 18:00:58 -06003969 during a "saveenv" operation. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND must be
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05003970 aligned to an erase block boundary.
Markus Klotzbuechere443c942006-03-20 18:02:44 +01003971
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05003972 - CONFIG_ENV_RANGE (optional):
3973
3974 Specifies the length of the region in which the environment
3975 can be written. This should be a multiple of the NAND device's
3976 block size. Specifying a range with more erase blocks than
3977 are needed to hold CONFIG_ENV_SIZE allows bad blocks within
3978 the range to be avoided.
3979
3980 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_OOB (optional):
3981
3982 Enables support for dynamically retrieving the offset of the
3983 environment from block zero's out-of-band data. The
3984 "nand env.oob" command can be used to record this offset.
3985 Currently, CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND is not supported when
3986 using CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_OOB.
Markus Klotzbuechere443c942006-03-20 18:02:44 +01003987
Guennadi Liakhovetskib74ab732009-05-18 16:07:22 +02003988- CONFIG_NAND_ENV_DST
3989
3990 Defines address in RAM to which the nand_spl code should copy the
3991 environment. If redundant environment is used, it will be copied to
3992 CONFIG_NAND_ENV_DST + CONFIG_ENV_SIZE.
3993
Joe Hershberger2b744332013-04-08 10:32:51 +00003994- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_UBI:
3995
3996 Define this if you have an UBI volume that you want to use for the
3997 environment. This has the benefit of wear-leveling the environment
3998 accesses, which is important on NAND.
3999
4000 - CONFIG_ENV_UBI_PART:
4001
4002 Define this to a string that is the mtd partition containing the UBI.
4003
4004 - CONFIG_ENV_UBI_VOLUME:
4005
4006 Define this to the name of the volume that you want to store the
4007 environment in.
4008
Joe Hershberger785881f2013-04-08 10:32:52 +00004009 - CONFIG_ENV_UBI_VOLUME_REDUND:
4010
4011 Define this to the name of another volume to store a second copy of
4012 the environment in. This will enable redundant environments in UBI.
4013 It is assumed that both volumes are in the same MTD partition.
4014
Joe Hershberger2b744332013-04-08 10:32:51 +00004015 - CONFIG_UBI_SILENCE_MSG
4016 - CONFIG_UBIFS_SILENCE_MSG
4017
4018 You will probably want to define these to avoid a really noisy system
4019 when storing the env in UBI.
4020
Wu, Joshd1db76f2014-06-24 17:31:03 +08004021- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FAT:
4022 Define this if you want to use the FAT file system for the environment.
4023
4024 - FAT_ENV_INTERFACE:
4025
4026 Define this to a string that is the name of the block device.
4027
Nicolae Rosia41987782016-11-21 17:33:58 +02004028 - FAT_ENV_DEVICE_AND_PART:
Wu, Joshd1db76f2014-06-24 17:31:03 +08004029
4030 Define this to a string to specify the partition of the device. It can
4031 be as following:
4032
4033 "D:P", "D:0", "D", "D:" or "D:auto" (D, P are integers. And P >= 1)
4034 - "D:P": device D partition P. Error occurs if device D has no
4035 partition table.
4036 - "D:0": device D.
4037 - "D" or "D:": device D partition 1 if device D has partition
4038 table, or the whole device D if has no partition
4039 table.
4040 - "D:auto": first partition in device D with bootable flag set.
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08004041 If none, first valid partition in device D. If no
Wu, Joshd1db76f2014-06-24 17:31:03 +08004042 partition table then means device D.
4043
4044 - FAT_ENV_FILE:
4045
4046 It's a string of the FAT file name. This file use to store the
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08004047 environment.
Wu, Joshd1db76f2014-06-24 17:31:03 +08004048
4049 - CONFIG_FAT_WRITE:
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08004050 This should be defined. Otherwise it cannot save the environment file.
Wu, Joshd1db76f2014-06-24 17:31:03 +08004051
Stephen Warren06e4ae52013-06-11 15:14:00 -06004052- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_MMC:
4053
4054 Define this if you have an MMC device which you want to use for the
4055 environment.
4056
4057 - CONFIG_SYS_MMC_ENV_DEV:
4058
4059 Specifies which MMC device the environment is stored in.
4060
4061 - CONFIG_SYS_MMC_ENV_PART (optional):
4062
4063 Specifies which MMC partition the environment is stored in. If not
4064 set, defaults to partition 0, the user area. Common values might be
4065 1 (first MMC boot partition), 2 (second MMC boot partition).
4066
4067 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
4068 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
4069
4070 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the environment
4071 area within the specified MMC device.
4072
Stephen Warren5c088ee2013-06-11 15:14:02 -06004073 If offset is positive (the usual case), it is treated as relative to
4074 the start of the MMC partition. If offset is negative, it is treated
4075 as relative to the end of the MMC partition. This can be useful if
4076 your board may be fitted with different MMC devices, which have
4077 different sizes for the MMC partitions, and you always want the
4078 environment placed at the very end of the partition, to leave the
4079 maximum possible space before it, to store other data.
4080
Stephen Warren06e4ae52013-06-11 15:14:00 -06004081 These two values are in units of bytes, but must be aligned to an
4082 MMC sector boundary.
4083
4084 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND (optional):
4085
4086 Specifies a second storage area, of CONFIG_ENV_SIZE size, used to
4087 hold a redundant copy of the environment data. This provides a
4088 valid backup copy in case the other copy is corrupted, e.g. due
4089 to a power failure during a "saveenv" operation.
4090
Stephen Warren5c088ee2013-06-11 15:14:02 -06004091 This value may also be positive or negative; this is handled in the
4092 same way as CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET.
4093
Stephen Warren06e4ae52013-06-11 15:14:00 -06004094 This value is also in units of bytes, but must also be aligned to
4095 an MMC sector boundary.
4096
4097 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE_REDUND (optional):
4098
4099 This value need not be set, even when CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND is
4100 set. If this value is set, it must be set to the same value as
4101 CONFIG_ENV_SIZE.
4102
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004103- CONFIG_SYS_SPI_INIT_OFFSET
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004104
4105 Defines offset to the initial SPI buffer area in DPRAM. The
4106 area is used at an early stage (ROM part) if the environment
4107 is configured to reside in the SPI EEPROM: We need a 520 byte
4108 scratch DPRAM area. It is used between the two initialization
4109 calls (spi_init_f() and spi_init_r()). A value of 0xB00 seems
4110 to be a good choice since it makes it far enough from the
4111 start of the data area as well as from the stack pointer.
4112
Bruce Adlere881cb52007-11-02 13:15:42 -07004113Please note that the environment is read-only until the monitor
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004114has been relocated to RAM and a RAM copy of the environment has been
Wolfgang Denkcdb74972010-07-24 21:55:43 +02004115created; also, when using EEPROM you will have to use getenv_f()
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004116until then to read environment variables.
4117
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00004118The environment is protected by a CRC32 checksum. Before the monitor
4119is relocated into RAM, as a result of a bad CRC you will be working
4120with the compiled-in default environment - *silently*!!! [This is
4121necessary, because the first environment variable we need is the
4122"baudrate" setting for the console - if we have a bad CRC, we don't
4123have any device yet where we could complain.]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004124
4125Note: once the monitor has been relocated, then it will complain if
4126the default environment is used; a new CRC is computed as soon as you
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00004127use the "saveenv" command to store a valid environment.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004128
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004129- CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_ECHO_LINK_DOWN:
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00004130 Echo the inverted Ethernet link state to the fault LED.
wdenkfc3e2162003-10-08 22:33:00 +00004131
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004132 Note: If this option is active, then CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_MII_ADDR
wdenkfc3e2162003-10-08 22:33:00 +00004133 also needs to be defined.
4134
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004135- CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_MII_ADDR:
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00004136 MII address of the PHY to check for the Ethernet link state.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004137
Ron Madridf5675aa2009-02-18 14:30:44 -08004138- CONFIG_NS16550_MIN_FUNCTIONS:
4139 Define this if you desire to only have use of the NS16550_init
4140 and NS16550_putc functions for the serial driver located at
4141 drivers/serial/ns16550.c. This option is useful for saving
4142 space for already greatly restricted images, including but not
4143 limited to NAND_SPL configurations.
4144
Simon Glassb2b92f52012-11-30 13:01:18 +00004145- CONFIG_DISPLAY_BOARDINFO
4146 Display information about the board that U-Boot is running on
4147 when U-Boot starts up. The board function checkboard() is called
4148 to do this.
4149
Simon Glasse2e3e2b2012-11-30 13:01:19 +00004150- CONFIG_DISPLAY_BOARDINFO_LATE
4151 Similar to the previous option, but display this information
4152 later, once stdio is running and output goes to the LCD, if
4153 present.
4154
Sascha Silbefeb85802013-08-11 16:40:43 +02004155- CONFIG_BOARD_SIZE_LIMIT:
4156 Maximum size of the U-Boot image. When defined, the
4157 build system checks that the actual size does not
4158 exceed it.
4159
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004160Low Level (hardware related) configuration options:
wdenkdc7c9a12003-03-26 06:55:25 +00004161---------------------------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004162
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004163- CONFIG_SYS_CACHELINE_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004164 Cache Line Size of the CPU.
4165
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004166- CONFIG_SYS_DEFAULT_IMMR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004167 Default address of the IMMR after system reset.
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +00004168
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00004169 Needed on some 8260 systems (MPC8260ADS, PQ2FADS-ZU,
4170 and RPXsuper) to be able to adjust the position of
4171 the IMMR register after a reset.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004172
Timur Tabie46fedf2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05004173- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT:
4174 Default (power-on reset) physical address of CCSR on Freescale
4175 PowerPC SOCs.
4176
4177- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR:
4178 Virtual address of CCSR. On a 32-bit build, this is typically
4179 the same value as CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT.
4180
4181 CONFIG_SYS_DEFAULT_IMMR must also be set to this value,
4182 for cross-platform code that uses that macro instead.
4183
4184- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS:
4185 Physical address of CCSR. CCSR can be relocated to a new
4186 physical address, if desired. In this case, this macro should
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00004187 be set to that address. Otherwise, it should be set to the
Timur Tabie46fedf2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05004188 same value as CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT. For example, CCSR
4189 is typically relocated on 36-bit builds. It is recommended
4190 that this macro be defined via the _HIGH and _LOW macros:
4191
4192 #define CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS ((CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_HIGH
4193 * 1ull) << 32 | CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_LOW)
4194
4195- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_HIGH:
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02004196 Bits 33-36 of CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS. This value is typically
4197 either 0 (32-bit build) or 0xF (36-bit build). This macro is
Timur Tabie46fedf2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05004198 used in assembly code, so it must not contain typecasts or
4199 integer size suffixes (e.g. "ULL").
4200
4201- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_LOW:
4202 Lower 32-bits of CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS. This macro is
4203 used in assembly code, so it must not contain typecasts or
4204 integer size suffixes (e.g. "ULL").
4205
4206- CONFIG_SYS_CCSR_DO_NOT_RELOCATE:
4207 If this macro is defined, then CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS will be
4208 forced to a value that ensures that CCSR is not relocated.
4209
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004210- Floppy Disk Support:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004211 CONFIG_SYS_FDC_DRIVE_NUMBER
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004212
4213 the default drive number (default value 0)
4214
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004215 CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_STRIDE
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004216
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004217 defines the spacing between FDC chipset registers
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004218 (default value 1)
4219
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004220 CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_OFFSET
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004221
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004222 defines the offset of register from address. It
4223 depends on which part of the data bus is connected to
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004224 the FDC chipset. (default value 0)
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004225
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004226 If CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_STRIDE CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_OFFSET and
4227 CONFIG_SYS_FDC_DRIVE_NUMBER are undefined, they take their
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004228 default value.
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004229
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004230 if CONFIG_SYS_FDC_HW_INIT is defined, then the function
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004231 fdc_hw_init() is called at the beginning of the FDC
4232 setup. fdc_hw_init() must be provided by the board
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08004233 source code. It is used to make hardware-dependent
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004234 initializations.
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004235
Macpaul Lin0abddf82011-04-11 20:45:32 +00004236- CONFIG_IDE_AHB:
4237 Most IDE controllers were designed to be connected with PCI
4238 interface. Only few of them were designed for AHB interface.
4239 When software is doing ATA command and data transfer to
4240 IDE devices through IDE-AHB controller, some additional
4241 registers accessing to these kind of IDE-AHB controller
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08004242 is required.
Macpaul Lin0abddf82011-04-11 20:45:32 +00004243
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004244- CONFIG_SYS_IMMR: Physical address of the Internal Memory.
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00004245 DO NOT CHANGE unless you know exactly what you're
wdenk25d67122004-12-10 11:40:40 +00004246 doing! (11-4) [MPC8xx/82xx systems only]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004247
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004248- CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004249
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00004250 Start address of memory area that can be used for
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004251 initial data and stack; please note that this must be
4252 writable memory that is working WITHOUT special
4253 initialization, i. e. you CANNOT use normal RAM which
4254 will become available only after programming the
4255 memory controller and running certain initialization
4256 sequences.
4257
4258 U-Boot uses the following memory types:
4259 - MPC8xx and MPC8260: IMMR (internal memory of the CPU)
4260 - MPC824X: data cache
4261 - PPC4xx: data cache
4262
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004263- CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004264
4265 Offset of the initial data structure in the memory
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004266 area defined by CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR. Usually
4267 CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET is chosen such that the initial
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004268 data is located at the end of the available space
Wolfgang Denk553f0982010-10-26 13:32:32 +02004269 (sometimes written as (CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE -
Simon Glassacd51f92016-10-02 18:01:06 -06004270 GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE), and the initial stack is just
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004271 below that area (growing from (CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR +
4272 CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET) downward.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004273
4274 Note:
4275 On the MPC824X (or other systems that use the data
4276 cache for initial memory) the address chosen for
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004277 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR is basically arbitrary - it must
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004278 point to an otherwise UNUSED address space between
4279 the top of RAM and the start of the PCI space.
4280
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004281- CONFIG_SYS_SIUMCR: SIU Module Configuration (11-6)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004282
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004283- CONFIG_SYS_SYPCR: System Protection Control (11-9)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004284
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004285- CONFIG_SYS_TBSCR: Time Base Status and Control (11-26)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004286
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004287- CONFIG_SYS_PISCR: Periodic Interrupt Status and Control (11-31)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004288
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004289- CONFIG_SYS_PLPRCR: PLL, Low-Power, and Reset Control Register (15-30)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004290
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004291- CONFIG_SYS_SCCR: System Clock and reset Control Register (15-27)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004292
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004293- CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_SDRAM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004294 SDRAM timing
4295
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004296- CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_PTA:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004297 periodic timer for refresh
4298
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004299- CONFIG_SYS_DER: Debug Event Register (37-47)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004300
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004301- FLASH_BASE0_PRELIM, FLASH_BASE1_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_REMAP_OR_AM,
4302 CONFIG_SYS_PRELIM_OR_AM, CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_FLASH, CONFIG_SYS_OR0_REMAP,
4303 CONFIG_SYS_OR0_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR0_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_OR1_REMAP, CONFIG_SYS_OR1_PRELIM,
4304 CONFIG_SYS_BR1_PRELIM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004305 Memory Controller Definitions: BR0/1 and OR0/1 (FLASH)
4306
4307- SDRAM_BASE2_PRELIM, SDRAM_BASE3_PRELIM, SDRAM_MAX_SIZE,
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004308 CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_SDRAM, CONFIG_SYS_OR2_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR2_PRELIM,
4309 CONFIG_SYS_OR3_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR3_PRELIM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004310 Memory Controller Definitions: BR2/3 and OR2/3 (SDRAM)
4311
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004312- CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_PTA, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_2BK_4K, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_1BK_4K, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_2BK_8K,
4313 CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_1BK_8K, CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_8COL, CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_9COL:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004314 Machine Mode Register and Memory Periodic Timer
4315 Prescaler definitions (SDRAM timing)
4316
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004317- CONFIG_SYS_I2C_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004318 enable I2C microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx);
4319 define relocation offset in DPRAM [DSP2]
4320
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004321- CONFIG_SYS_SMC_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_SMC_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]:
Heiko Schocherb423d052008-01-11 01:12:07 +01004322 enable SMC microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx);
4323 define relocation offset in DPRAM [SMC1]
4324
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004325- CONFIG_SYS_SPI_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_SPI_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004326 enable SPI microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx);
4327 define relocation offset in DPRAM [SCC4]
4328
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004329- CONFIG_SYS_CPM_POST_WORD_ADDR: (MPC8xx, MPC8260 only)
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004330 Offset of the bootmode word in DPRAM used by post
4331 (Power On Self Tests). This definition overrides
4332 #define'd default value in commproc.h resp.
4333 cpm_8260.h.
wdenkea909b72002-11-21 23:11:29 +00004334
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004335- CONFIG_SYS_PCI_SLV_MEM_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_SLV_MEM_BUS, CONFIG_SYS_PICMR0_MASK_ATTRIB,
4336 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR0_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCIMSK0_MASK, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR1_LOCAL,
4337 CONFIG_SYS_PCIMSK1_MASK, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_BUS,
4338 CONFIG_SYS_CPU_PCI_MEM_START, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_POCMR0_MASK_ATTRIB,
4339 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_BUS, CPU_PCI_MEMIO_START,
4340 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_POCMR1_MASK_ATTRIB, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_LOCAL,
4341 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_BUS, CONFIG_SYS_CPU_PCI_IO_START, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_SIZE,
4342 CONFIG_SYS_POCMR2_MASK_ATTRIB: (MPC826x only)
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02004343 Overrides the default PCI memory map in arch/powerpc/cpu/mpc8260/pci.c if set.
wdenk5d232d02003-05-22 22:52:13 +00004344
Dirk Eibach9cacf4f2009-02-09 08:18:34 +01004345- CONFIG_PCI_DISABLE_PCIE:
4346 Disable PCI-Express on systems where it is supported but not
4347 required.
4348
Andrew Sharp69fd2d32012-08-29 14:16:32 +00004349- CONFIG_PCI_ENUM_ONLY
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08004350 Only scan through and get the devices on the buses.
Andrew Sharp69fd2d32012-08-29 14:16:32 +00004351 Don't do any setup work, presumably because someone or
4352 something has already done it, and we don't need to do it
4353 a second time. Useful for platforms that are pre-booted
4354 by coreboot or similar.
4355
Gabor Juhos842033e2013-05-30 07:06:12 +00004356- CONFIG_PCI_INDIRECT_BRIDGE:
4357 Enable support for indirect PCI bridges.
4358
Kumar Galaa09b9b62010-12-30 12:09:53 -06004359- CONFIG_SYS_SRIO:
4360 Chip has SRIO or not
4361
4362- CONFIG_SRIO1:
4363 Board has SRIO 1 port available
4364
4365- CONFIG_SRIO2:
4366 Board has SRIO 2 port available
4367
Liu Gangc8b28152013-05-07 16:30:46 +08004368- CONFIG_SRIO_PCIE_BOOT_MASTER
4369 Board can support master function for Boot from SRIO and PCIE
4370
Kumar Galaa09b9b62010-12-30 12:09:53 -06004371- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_VIRT:
4372 Virtual Address of SRIO port 'n' memory region
4373
4374- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_PHYS:
4375 Physical Address of SRIO port 'n' memory region
4376
4377- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_SIZE:
4378 Size of SRIO port 'n' memory region
4379
Fabio Estevam66bd1842013-04-11 09:35:34 +00004380- CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BUSWIDTH_16BIT
4381 Defined to tell the NAND controller that the NAND chip is using
4382 a 16 bit bus.
4383 Not all NAND drivers use this symbol.
Fabio Estevama430e912013-04-11 09:35:35 +00004384 Example of drivers that use it:
Fabio Estevam66bd1842013-04-11 09:35:34 +00004385 - drivers/mtd/nand/ndfc.c
Fabio Estevama430e912013-04-11 09:35:35 +00004386 - drivers/mtd/nand/mxc_nand.c
Alex Watermaneced4622011-05-19 15:08:36 -04004387
4388- CONFIG_SYS_NDFC_EBC0_CFG
4389 Sets the EBC0_CFG register for the NDFC. If not defined
4390 a default value will be used.
4391
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04004392- CONFIG_SPD_EEPROM
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004393 Get DDR timing information from an I2C EEPROM. Common
4394 with pluggable memory modules such as SODIMMs
4395
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04004396 SPD_EEPROM_ADDRESS
4397 I2C address of the SPD EEPROM
4398
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004399- CONFIG_SYS_SPD_BUS_NUM
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004400 If SPD EEPROM is on an I2C bus other than the first
4401 one, specify here. Note that the value must resolve
4402 to something your driver can deal with.
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04004403
York Sun1b3e3c42011-06-07 09:42:16 +08004404- CONFIG_SYS_DDR_RAW_TIMING
4405 Get DDR timing information from other than SPD. Common with
4406 soldered DDR chips onboard without SPD. DDR raw timing
4407 parameters are extracted from datasheet and hard-coded into
4408 header files or board specific files.
4409
York Sun6f5e1dc2011-09-16 13:21:35 -07004410- CONFIG_FSL_DDR_INTERACTIVE
4411 Enable interactive DDR debugging. See doc/README.fsl-ddr.
4412
York Sune32d59a2015-01-06 13:18:55 -08004413- CONFIG_FSL_DDR_SYNC_REFRESH
4414 Enable sync of refresh for multiple controllers.
4415
York Sun4516ff82015-03-19 09:30:28 -07004416- CONFIG_FSL_DDR_BIST
4417 Enable built-in memory test for Freescale DDR controllers.
4418
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004419- CONFIG_SYS_83XX_DDR_USES_CS0
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004420 Only for 83xx systems. If specified, then DDR should
4421 be configured using CS0 and CS1 instead of CS2 and CS3.
Timur Tabi2ad6b512006-10-31 18:44:42 -06004422
wdenkc26e4542004-04-18 10:13:26 +00004423- CONFIG_ETHER_ON_FEC[12]
4424 Define to enable FEC[12] on a 8xx series processor.
4425
4426- CONFIG_FEC[12]_PHY
4427 Define to the hardcoded PHY address which corresponds
wdenk6e592382004-04-18 17:39:38 +00004428 to the given FEC; i. e.
4429 #define CONFIG_FEC1_PHY 4
wdenkc26e4542004-04-18 10:13:26 +00004430 means that the PHY with address 4 is connected to FEC1
4431
4432 When set to -1, means to probe for first available.
4433
4434- CONFIG_FEC[12]_PHY_NORXERR
4435 The PHY does not have a RXERR line (RMII only).
4436 (so program the FEC to ignore it).
4437
4438- CONFIG_RMII
4439 Enable RMII mode for all FECs.
4440 Note that this is a global option, we can't
4441 have one FEC in standard MII mode and another in RMII mode.
4442
wdenk5cf91d62004-04-23 20:32:05 +00004443- CONFIG_CRC32_VERIFY
4444 Add a verify option to the crc32 command.
4445 The syntax is:
4446
4447 => crc32 -v <address> <count> <crc32>
4448
4449 Where address/count indicate a memory area
4450 and crc32 is the correct crc32 which the
4451 area should have.
4452
wdenk56523f12004-07-11 17:40:54 +00004453- CONFIG_LOOPW
4454 Add the "loopw" memory command. This only takes effect if
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05004455 the memory commands are activated globally (CONFIG_CMD_MEM).
wdenk56523f12004-07-11 17:40:54 +00004456
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00004457- CONFIG_MX_CYCLIC
4458 Add the "mdc" and "mwc" memory commands. These are cyclic
4459 "md/mw" commands.
4460 Examples:
4461
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00004462 => mdc.b 10 4 500
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00004463 This command will print 4 bytes (10,11,12,13) each 500 ms.
4464
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00004465 => mwc.l 100 12345678 10
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00004466 This command will write 12345678 to address 100 all 10 ms.
4467
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00004468 This only takes effect if the memory commands are activated
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05004469 globally (CONFIG_CMD_MEM).
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00004470
wdenk8aa1a2d2005-04-04 12:44:11 +00004471- CONFIG_SKIP_LOWLEVEL_INIT
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +00004472 [ARM, NDS32, MIPS only] If this variable is defined, then certain
Wolfgang Denk844f07d2010-11-27 23:30:56 +01004473 low level initializations (like setting up the memory
4474 controller) are omitted and/or U-Boot does not
4475 relocate itself into RAM.
wdenk8aa1a2d2005-04-04 12:44:11 +00004476
Wolfgang Denk844f07d2010-11-27 23:30:56 +01004477 Normally this variable MUST NOT be defined. The only
4478 exception is when U-Boot is loaded (to RAM) by some
4479 other boot loader or by a debugger which performs
4480 these initializations itself.
wdenk8aa1a2d2005-04-04 12:44:11 +00004481
Simon Glassb5bd0982016-05-05 07:28:06 -06004482- CONFIG_SKIP_LOWLEVEL_INIT_ONLY
4483 [ARM926EJ-S only] This allows just the call to lowlevel_init()
yeongjun Kim90211f72016-07-20 22:56:12 +09004484 to be skipped. The normal CP15 init (such as enabling the
Simon Glassb5bd0982016-05-05 07:28:06 -06004485 instruction cache) is still performed.
4486
Aneesh V401bb302011-07-13 05:11:07 +00004487- CONFIG_SPL_BUILD
Magnus Liljadf812382009-06-13 20:50:00 +02004488 Modifies the behaviour of start.S when compiling a loader
4489 that is executed before the actual U-Boot. E.g. when
4490 compiling a NAND SPL.
wdenk400558b2005-04-02 23:52:25 +00004491
Ying Zhang3aa29de2013-08-16 15:16:15 +08004492- CONFIG_TPL_BUILD
4493 Modifies the behaviour of start.S when compiling a loader
4494 that is executed after the SPL and before the actual U-Boot.
4495 It is loaded by the SPL.
4496
Ying Zhang5df572f2013-05-20 14:07:23 +08004497- CONFIG_SYS_MPC85XX_NO_RESETVEC
4498 Only for 85xx systems. If this variable is specified, the section
4499 .resetvec is not kept and the section .bootpg is placed in the
4500 previous 4k of the .text section.
4501
Simon Glass4213fc22013-02-24 17:33:14 +00004502- CONFIG_ARCH_MAP_SYSMEM
4503 Generally U-Boot (and in particular the md command) uses
4504 effective address. It is therefore not necessary to regard
4505 U-Boot address as virtual addresses that need to be translated
4506 to physical addresses. However, sandbox requires this, since
4507 it maintains its own little RAM buffer which contains all
4508 addressable memory. This option causes some memory accesses
4509 to be mapped through map_sysmem() / unmap_sysmem().
4510
Simon Glass588a13f2013-02-14 04:18:54 +00004511- CONFIG_X86_RESET_VECTOR
4512 If defined, the x86 reset vector code is included. This is not
4513 needed when U-Boot is running from Coreboot.
Gabe Blackb16f5212012-11-27 21:08:06 +00004514
Heiko Schocher16678eb2013-11-04 14:05:00 +01004515- CONFIG_SPL_AM33XX_ENABLE_RTC32K_OSC:
4516 Enables the RTC32K OSC on AM33xx based plattforms
4517
Karicheri, Muralidharan999d7d32014-04-04 13:16:50 -04004518- CONFIG_SYS_NAND_NO_SUBPAGE_WRITE
4519 Option to disable subpage write in NAND driver
4520 driver that uses this:
4521 drivers/mtd/nand/davinci_nand.c
4522
Timur Tabif2717b42011-11-22 09:21:25 -06004523Freescale QE/FMAN Firmware Support:
4524-----------------------------------
4525
4526The Freescale QUICCEngine (QE) and Frame Manager (FMAN) both support the
4527loading of "firmware", which is encoded in the QE firmware binary format.
4528This firmware often needs to be loaded during U-Boot booting, so macros
4529are used to identify the storage device (NOR flash, SPI, etc) and the address
4530within that device.
4531
Zhao Qiangdcf1d772014-03-21 16:21:44 +08004532- CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR
4533 The address in the storage device where the FMAN microcode is located. The
4534 meaning of this address depends on which CONFIG_SYS_QE_FW_IN_xxx macro
4535 is also specified.
4536
4537- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FW_ADDR
4538 The address in the storage device where the QE microcode is located. The
Timur Tabif2717b42011-11-22 09:21:25 -06004539 meaning of this address depends on which CONFIG_SYS_QE_FW_IN_xxx macro
4540 is also specified.
4541
4542- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_LENGTH
4543 The maximum possible size of the firmware. The firmware binary format
4544 has a field that specifies the actual size of the firmware, but it
4545 might not be possible to read any part of the firmware unless some
4546 local storage is allocated to hold the entire firmware first.
4547
4548- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_NOR
4549 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in NOR flash, mapped as
4550 normal addressable memory via the LBC. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the
4551 virtual address in NOR flash.
4552
4553- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_NAND
4554 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in NAND flash.
4555 CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the offset within NAND flash.
4556
4557- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_MMC
4558 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located on the primary SD/MMC
4559 device. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the byte offset on that device.
4560
Liu Gang292dc6c2012-03-08 00:33:18 +00004561- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_REMOTE
4562 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in the remote (master)
4563 memory space. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is a virtual address which
Liu Gangfc54c7f2012-08-09 05:10:01 +00004564 can be mapped from slave TLB->slave LAW->slave SRIO or PCIE outbound
4565 window->master inbound window->master LAW->the ucode address in
4566 master's memory space.
Timur Tabif2717b42011-11-22 09:21:25 -06004567
J. German Riverab940ca62014-06-23 15:15:55 -07004568Freescale Layerscape Management Complex Firmware Support:
4569---------------------------------------------------------
4570The Freescale Layerscape Management Complex (MC) supports the loading of
4571"firmware".
4572This firmware often needs to be loaded during U-Boot booting, so macros
4573are used to identify the storage device (NOR flash, SPI, etc) and the address
4574within that device.
4575
4576- CONFIG_FSL_MC_ENET
4577 Enable the MC driver for Layerscape SoCs.
4578
Prabhakar Kushwaha5c055082015-06-02 10:55:52 +05304579Freescale Layerscape Debug Server Support:
4580-------------------------------------------
4581The Freescale Layerscape Debug Server Support supports the loading of
4582"Debug Server firmware" and triggering SP boot-rom.
4583This firmware often needs to be loaded during U-Boot booting.
4584
York Sunc0492142015-12-07 11:08:58 -08004585- CONFIG_SYS_MC_RSV_MEM_ALIGN
4586 Define alignment of reserved memory MC requires
Prabhakar Kushwaha5c055082015-06-02 10:55:52 +05304587
Paul Kocialkowskif3f431a2015-07-26 18:48:15 +02004588Reproducible builds
4589-------------------
4590
4591In order to achieve reproducible builds, timestamps used in the U-Boot build
4592process have to be set to a fixed value.
4593
4594This is done using the SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH environment variable.
4595SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH is to be set on the build host's shell, not as a configuration
4596option for U-Boot or an environment variable in U-Boot.
4597
4598SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH should be set to a number of seconds since the epoch, in UTC.
4599
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004600Building the Software:
4601======================
4602
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004603Building U-Boot has been tested in several native build environments
4604and in many different cross environments. Of course we cannot support
4605all possibly existing versions of cross development tools in all
4606(potentially obsolete) versions. In case of tool chain problems we
4607recommend to use the ELDK (see http://www.denx.de/wiki/DULG/ELDK)
4608which is extensively used to build and test U-Boot.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004609
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004610If you are not using a native environment, it is assumed that you
4611have GNU cross compiling tools available in your path. In this case,
4612you must set the environment variable CROSS_COMPILE in your shell.
4613Note that no changes to the Makefile or any other source files are
4614necessary. For example using the ELDK on a 4xx CPU, please enter:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004615
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004616 $ CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_4xx-
4617 $ export CROSS_COMPILE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004618
Peter Tyser2f8d3962009-03-13 18:54:51 -05004619Note: If you wish to generate Windows versions of the utilities in
4620 the tools directory you can use the MinGW toolchain
4621 (http://www.mingw.org). Set your HOST tools to the MinGW
4622 toolchain and execute 'make tools'. For example:
4623
4624 $ make HOSTCC=i586-mingw32msvc-gcc HOSTSTRIP=i586-mingw32msvc-strip tools
4625
4626 Binaries such as tools/mkimage.exe will be created which can
4627 be executed on computers running Windows.
4628
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004629U-Boot is intended to be simple to build. After installing the
4630sources you must configure U-Boot for one specific board type. This
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004631is done by typing:
4632
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +02004633 make NAME_defconfig
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004634
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +02004635where "NAME_defconfig" is the name of one of the existing configu-
Michael Jones4d675ae2012-03-15 22:48:10 +00004636rations; see boards.cfg for supported names.
wdenk54387ac2003-10-08 22:45:44 +00004637
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004638Note: for some board special configuration names may exist; check if
4639 additional information is available from the board vendor; for
4640 instance, the TQM823L systems are available without (standard)
4641 or with LCD support. You can select such additional "features"
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004642 when choosing the configuration, i. e.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004643
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +02004644 make TQM823L_defconfig
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004645 - will configure for a plain TQM823L, i. e. no LCD support
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004646
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +02004647 make TQM823L_LCD_defconfig
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004648 - will configure for a TQM823L with U-Boot console on LCD
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004649
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004650 etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004651
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004652
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004653Finally, type "make all", and you should get some working U-Boot
4654images ready for download to / installation on your system:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004655
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004656- "u-boot.bin" is a raw binary image
4657- "u-boot" is an image in ELF binary format
4658- "u-boot.srec" is in Motorola S-Record format
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004659
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02004660By default the build is performed locally and the objects are saved
4661in the source directory. One of the two methods can be used to change
4662this behavior and build U-Boot to some external directory:
4663
46641. Add O= to the make command line invocations:
4665
4666 make O=/tmp/build distclean
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +02004667 make O=/tmp/build NAME_defconfig
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02004668 make O=/tmp/build all
4669
Timo Ketolaadbba992014-11-06 14:39:05 +020046702. Set environment variable KBUILD_OUTPUT to point to the desired location:
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02004671
Timo Ketolaadbba992014-11-06 14:39:05 +02004672 export KBUILD_OUTPUT=/tmp/build
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02004673 make distclean
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +02004674 make NAME_defconfig
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02004675 make all
4676
Timo Ketolaadbba992014-11-06 14:39:05 +02004677Note that the command line "O=" setting overrides the KBUILD_OUTPUT environment
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02004678variable.
4679
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004680
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004681Please be aware that the Makefiles assume you are using GNU make, so
4682for instance on NetBSD you might need to use "gmake" instead of
4683native "make".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004684
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004685
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004686If the system board that you have is not listed, then you will need
4687to port U-Boot to your hardware platform. To do this, follow these
4688steps:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004689
Phil Sutter3c1496c2015-12-25 14:41:18 +010046901. Create a new directory to hold your board specific code. Add any
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004691 files you need. In your board directory, you will need at least
Phil Sutter3c1496c2015-12-25 14:41:18 +01004692 the "Makefile" and a "<board>.c".
46932. Create a new configuration file "include/configs/<board>.h" for
4694 your board.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +000046953. If you're porting U-Boot to a new CPU, then also create a new
4696 directory to hold your CPU specific code. Add any files you need.
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +020046974. Run "make <board>_defconfig" with your new name.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +000046985. Type "make", and you should get a working "u-boot.srec" file
4699 to be installed on your target system.
47006. Debug and solve any problems that might arise.
4701 [Of course, this last step is much harder than it sounds.]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004702
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004703
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004704Testing of U-Boot Modifications, Ports to New Hardware, etc.:
4705==============================================================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004706
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004707If you have modified U-Boot sources (for instance added a new board
4708or support for new devices, a new CPU, etc.) you are expected to
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004709provide feedback to the other developers. The feedback normally takes
4710the form of a "patch", i. e. a context diff against a certain (latest
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004711official or latest in the git repository) version of U-Boot sources.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004712
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004713But before you submit such a patch, please verify that your modifi-
4714cation did not break existing code. At least make sure that *ALL* of
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004715the supported boards compile WITHOUT ANY compiler warnings. To do so,
Simon Glass6de80f22016-07-27 20:33:08 -06004716just run the buildman script (tools/buildman/buildman), which will
4717configure and build U-Boot for ALL supported system. Be warned, this
4718will take a while. Please see the buildman README, or run 'buildman -H'
4719for documentation.
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02004720
4721
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004722See also "U-Boot Porting Guide" below.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004723
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004724
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004725Monitor Commands - Overview:
4726============================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004727
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004728go - start application at address 'addr'
4729run - run commands in an environment variable
4730bootm - boot application image from memory
4731bootp - boot image via network using BootP/TFTP protocol
Marek Vasut44f074c2012-03-14 21:52:45 +00004732bootz - boot zImage from memory
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004733tftpboot- boot image via network using TFTP protocol
4734 and env variables "ipaddr" and "serverip"
4735 (and eventually "gatewayip")
Simon Glass1fb7cd42011-10-24 18:00:07 +00004736tftpput - upload a file via network using TFTP protocol
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004737rarpboot- boot image via network using RARP/TFTP protocol
4738diskboot- boot from IDE devicebootd - boot default, i.e., run 'bootcmd'
4739loads - load S-Record file over serial line
4740loadb - load binary file over serial line (kermit mode)
4741md - memory display
4742mm - memory modify (auto-incrementing)
4743nm - memory modify (constant address)
4744mw - memory write (fill)
4745cp - memory copy
4746cmp - memory compare
4747crc32 - checksum calculation
Peter Tyser0f89c542009-04-18 22:34:03 -05004748i2c - I2C sub-system
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004749sspi - SPI utility commands
4750base - print or set address offset
4751printenv- print environment variables
4752setenv - set environment variables
4753saveenv - save environment variables to persistent storage
4754protect - enable or disable FLASH write protection
4755erase - erase FLASH memory
4756flinfo - print FLASH memory information
Karl O. Pinc10635af2012-08-03 05:57:21 +00004757nand - NAND memory operations (see doc/README.nand)
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004758bdinfo - print Board Info structure
4759iminfo - print header information for application image
4760coninfo - print console devices and informations
4761ide - IDE sub-system
4762loop - infinite loop on address range
wdenk56523f12004-07-11 17:40:54 +00004763loopw - infinite write loop on address range
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004764mtest - simple RAM test
4765icache - enable or disable instruction cache
4766dcache - enable or disable data cache
4767reset - Perform RESET of the CPU
4768echo - echo args to console
4769version - print monitor version
4770help - print online help
4771? - alias for 'help'
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004772
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004773
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004774Monitor Commands - Detailed Description:
4775========================================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004776
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004777TODO.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004778
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004779For now: just type "help <command>".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004780
4781
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004782Environment Variables:
4783======================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004784
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004785U-Boot supports user configuration using Environment Variables which
4786can be made persistent by saving to Flash memory.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004787
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004788Environment Variables are set using "setenv", printed using
4789"printenv", and saved to Flash using "saveenv". Using "setenv"
4790without a value can be used to delete a variable from the
4791environment. As long as you don't save the environment you are
4792working with an in-memory copy. In case the Flash area containing the
4793environment is erased by accident, a default environment is provided.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004794
Wolfgang Denkc96f86e2010-01-17 23:55:53 +01004795Some configuration options can be set using Environment Variables.
4796
4797List of environment variables (most likely not complete):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004798
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004799 baudrate - see CONFIG_BAUDRATE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004800
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004801 bootdelay - see CONFIG_BOOTDELAY
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004802
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004803 bootcmd - see CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004804
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004805 bootargs - Boot arguments when booting an RTOS image
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004806
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004807 bootfile - Name of the image to load with TFTP
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004808
Bartlomiej Sieka7d721e32008-04-14 15:44:16 +02004809 bootm_low - Memory range available for image processing in the bootm
4810 command can be restricted. This variable is given as
4811 a hexadecimal number and defines lowest address allowed
4812 for use by the bootm command. See also "bootm_size"
4813 environment variable. Address defined by "bootm_low" is
4814 also the base of the initial memory mapping for the Linux
Grant Likelyc3624e62011-03-28 09:58:43 +00004815 kernel -- see the description of CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ and
4816 bootm_mapsize.
4817
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00004818 bootm_mapsize - Size of the initial memory mapping for the Linux kernel.
Grant Likelyc3624e62011-03-28 09:58:43 +00004819 This variable is given as a hexadecimal number and it
4820 defines the size of the memory region starting at base
4821 address bootm_low that is accessible by the Linux kernel
4822 during early boot. If unset, CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ is used
4823 as the default value if it is defined, and bootm_size is
4824 used otherwise.
Bartlomiej Sieka7d721e32008-04-14 15:44:16 +02004825
4826 bootm_size - Memory range available for image processing in the bootm
4827 command can be restricted. This variable is given as
4828 a hexadecimal number and defines the size of the region
4829 allowed for use by the bootm command. See also "bootm_low"
4830 environment variable.
4831
Bartlomiej Sieka4bae9092008-10-01 15:26:31 +02004832 updatefile - Location of the software update file on a TFTP server, used
4833 by the automatic software update feature. Please refer to
4834 documentation in doc/README.update for more details.
4835
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004836 autoload - if set to "no" (any string beginning with 'n'),
4837 "bootp" will just load perform a lookup of the
4838 configuration from the BOOTP server, but not try to
4839 load any image using TFTP
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004840
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004841 autostart - if set to "yes", an image loaded using the "bootp",
4842 "rarpboot", "tftpboot" or "diskboot" commands will
4843 be automatically started (by internally calling
4844 "bootm")
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004845
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004846 If set to "no", a standalone image passed to the
4847 "bootm" command will be copied to the load address
4848 (and eventually uncompressed), but NOT be started.
4849 This can be used to load and uncompress arbitrary
4850 data.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004851
David A. Longa28afca2011-07-09 16:40:19 -04004852 fdt_high - if set this restricts the maximum address that the
4853 flattened device tree will be copied into upon boot.
Shawn Guofa34f6b2012-01-09 21:54:08 +00004854 For example, if you have a system with 1 GB memory
4855 at physical address 0x10000000, while Linux kernel
4856 only recognizes the first 704 MB as low memory, you
4857 may need to set fdt_high as 0x3C000000 to have the
4858 device tree blob be copied to the maximum address
4859 of the 704 MB low memory, so that Linux kernel can
4860 access it during the boot procedure.
4861
David A. Longa28afca2011-07-09 16:40:19 -04004862 If this is set to the special value 0xFFFFFFFF then
4863 the fdt will not be copied at all on boot. For this
4864 to work it must reside in writable memory, have
4865 sufficient padding on the end of it for u-boot to
4866 add the information it needs into it, and the memory
4867 must be accessible by the kernel.
4868
Simon Glasseea63e02011-10-24 19:15:34 +00004869 fdtcontroladdr- if set this is the address of the control flattened
4870 device tree used by U-Boot when CONFIG_OF_CONTROL is
4871 defined.
4872
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00004873 i2cfast - (PPC405GP|PPC405EP only)
4874 if set to 'y' configures Linux I2C driver for fast
4875 mode (400kHZ). This environment variable is used in
4876 initialization code. So, for changes to be effective
4877 it must be saved and board must be reset.
4878
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004879 initrd_high - restrict positioning of initrd images:
4880 If this variable is not set, initrd images will be
4881 copied to the highest possible address in RAM; this
4882 is usually what you want since it allows for
4883 maximum initrd size. If for some reason you want to
4884 make sure that the initrd image is loaded below the
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004885 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ limit, you can set this environment
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004886 variable to a value of "no" or "off" or "0".
4887 Alternatively, you can set it to a maximum upper
4888 address to use (U-Boot will still check that it
4889 does not overwrite the U-Boot stack and data).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004890
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004891 For instance, when you have a system with 16 MB
4892 RAM, and want to reserve 4 MB from use by Linux,
4893 you can do this by adding "mem=12M" to the value of
4894 the "bootargs" variable. However, now you must make
4895 sure that the initrd image is placed in the first
4896 12 MB as well - this can be done with
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004897
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004898 setenv initrd_high 00c00000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004899
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004900 If you set initrd_high to 0xFFFFFFFF, this is an
4901 indication to U-Boot that all addresses are legal
4902 for the Linux kernel, including addresses in flash
4903 memory. In this case U-Boot will NOT COPY the
4904 ramdisk at all. This may be useful to reduce the
4905 boot time on your system, but requires that this
4906 feature is supported by your Linux kernel.
wdenk4a6fd342003-04-12 23:38:12 +00004907
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004908 ipaddr - IP address; needed for tftpboot command
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004909
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004910 loadaddr - Default load address for commands like "bootp",
4911 "rarpboot", "tftpboot", "loadb" or "diskboot"
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004912
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004913 loads_echo - see CONFIG_LOADS_ECHO
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004914
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004915 serverip - TFTP server IP address; needed for tftpboot command
wdenk38b99262003-05-23 23:18:21 +00004916
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004917 bootretry - see CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_TIME
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004918
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004919 bootdelaykey - see CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004920
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004921 bootstopkey - see CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004922
Mike Frysingere2a53452011-10-02 10:01:27 +00004923 ethprime - controls which interface is used first.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004924
Mike Frysingere2a53452011-10-02 10:01:27 +00004925 ethact - controls which interface is currently active.
4926 For example you can do the following
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004927
Heiko Schocher48690d82010-07-20 17:45:02 +02004928 => setenv ethact FEC
4929 => ping 192.168.0.1 # traffic sent on FEC
4930 => setenv ethact SCC
4931 => ping 10.0.0.1 # traffic sent on SCC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004932
Matthias Fuchse1692572008-01-17 07:45:05 +01004933 ethrotate - When set to "no" U-Boot does not go through all
4934 available network interfaces.
4935 It just stays at the currently selected interface.
4936
Wolfgang Denkc96f86e2010-01-17 23:55:53 +01004937 netretry - When set to "no" each network operation will
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004938 either succeed or fail without retrying.
4939 When set to "once" the network operation will
4940 fail when all the available network interfaces
4941 are tried once without success.
4942 Useful on scripts which control the retry operation
4943 themselves.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004944
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARDb4e2f892009-01-31 09:53:39 +01004945 npe_ucode - set load address for the NPE microcode
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARDa1cf0272008-01-07 08:41:34 +01004946
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08004947 silent_linux - If set then Linux will be told to boot silently, by
Simon Glass8d51aac2013-07-16 20:10:00 -07004948 changing the console to be empty. If "yes" it will be
4949 made silent. If "no" it will not be made silent. If
4950 unset, then it will be made silent if the U-Boot console
4951 is silent.
4952
Albert ARIBAUD \(3ADEV\)f5fb7342015-10-12 00:02:57 +02004953 tftpsrcp - If this is set, the value is used for TFTP's
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02004954 UDP source port.
4955
Albert ARIBAUD \(3ADEV\)f5fb7342015-10-12 00:02:57 +02004956 tftpdstp - If this is set, the value is used for TFTP's UDP
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02004957 destination port instead of the Well Know Port 69.
4958
Wolfgang Denkc96f86e2010-01-17 23:55:53 +01004959 tftpblocksize - Block size to use for TFTP transfers; if not set,
4960 we use the TFTP server's default block size
4961
4962 tftptimeout - Retransmission timeout for TFTP packets (in milli-
4963 seconds, minimum value is 1000 = 1 second). Defines
4964 when a packet is considered to be lost so it has to
4965 be retransmitted. The default is 5000 = 5 seconds.
4966 Lowering this value may make downloads succeed
4967 faster in networks with high packet loss rates or
4968 with unreliable TFTP servers.
4969
Albert ARIBAUD \(3ADEV\)f5fb7342015-10-12 00:02:57 +02004970 tftptimeoutcountmax - maximum count of TFTP timeouts (no
4971 unit, minimum value = 0). Defines how many timeouts
4972 can happen during a single file transfer before that
4973 transfer is aborted. The default is 10, and 0 means
4974 'no timeouts allowed'. Increasing this value may help
4975 downloads succeed with high packet loss rates, or with
4976 unreliable TFTP servers or client hardware.
4977
Wolfgang Denkc96f86e2010-01-17 23:55:53 +01004978 vlan - When set to a value < 4095 the traffic over
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004979 Ethernet is encapsulated/received over 802.1q
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004980 VLAN tagged frames.
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00004981
Alexandre Messier50768f52016-02-01 17:08:57 -05004982 bootpretryperiod - Period during which BOOTP/DHCP sends retries.
4983 Unsigned value, in milliseconds. If not set, the period will
4984 be either the default (28000), or a value based on
4985 CONFIG_NET_RETRY_COUNT, if defined. This value has
4986 precedence over the valu based on CONFIG_NET_RETRY_COUNT.
4987
Jason Hobbsdc0b7b02011-08-31 05:37:28 +00004988The following image location variables contain the location of images
4989used in booting. The "Image" column gives the role of the image and is
4990not an environment variable name. The other columns are environment
4991variable names. "File Name" gives the name of the file on a TFTP
4992server, "RAM Address" gives the location in RAM the image will be
4993loaded to, and "Flash Location" gives the image's address in NOR
4994flash or offset in NAND flash.
4995
4996*Note* - these variables don't have to be defined for all boards, some
Fabio Estevamaed9fed2015-04-25 18:53:10 -03004997boards currently use other variables for these purposes, and some
Jason Hobbsdc0b7b02011-08-31 05:37:28 +00004998boards use these variables for other purposes.
4999
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00005000Image File Name RAM Address Flash Location
5001----- --------- ----------- --------------
5002u-boot u-boot u-boot_addr_r u-boot_addr
5003Linux kernel bootfile kernel_addr_r kernel_addr
5004device tree blob fdtfile fdt_addr_r fdt_addr
5005ramdisk ramdiskfile ramdisk_addr_r ramdisk_addr
Jason Hobbsdc0b7b02011-08-31 05:37:28 +00005006
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005007The following environment variables may be used and automatically
5008updated by the network boot commands ("bootp" and "rarpboot"),
5009depending the information provided by your boot server:
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00005010
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005011 bootfile - see above
5012 dnsip - IP address of your Domain Name Server
5013 dnsip2 - IP address of your secondary Domain Name Server
5014 gatewayip - IP address of the Gateway (Router) to use
5015 hostname - Target hostname
5016 ipaddr - see above
5017 netmask - Subnet Mask
5018 rootpath - Pathname of the root filesystem on the NFS server
5019 serverip - see above
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00005020
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00005021
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005022There are two special Environment Variables:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005023
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005024 serial# - contains hardware identification information such
5025 as type string and/or serial number
5026 ethaddr - Ethernet address
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005027
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005028These variables can be set only once (usually during manufacturing of
5029the board). U-Boot refuses to delete or overwrite these variables
5030once they have been set once.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005031
5032
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005033Further special Environment Variables:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005034
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005035 ver - Contains the U-Boot version string as printed
5036 with the "version" command. This variable is
5037 readonly (see CONFIG_VERSION_VARIABLE).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005038
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005039
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005040Please note that changes to some configuration parameters may take
5041only effect after the next boot (yes, that's just like Windoze :-).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005042
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00005043
Joe Hershberger170ab112012-12-11 22:16:24 -06005044Callback functions for environment variables:
5045---------------------------------------------
5046
5047For some environment variables, the behavior of u-boot needs to change
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08005048when their values are changed. This functionality allows functions to
Joe Hershberger170ab112012-12-11 22:16:24 -06005049be associated with arbitrary variables. On creation, overwrite, or
5050deletion, the callback will provide the opportunity for some side
5051effect to happen or for the change to be rejected.
5052
5053The callbacks are named and associated with a function using the
5054U_BOOT_ENV_CALLBACK macro in your board or driver code.
5055
5056These callbacks are associated with variables in one of two ways. The
5057static list can be added to by defining CONFIG_ENV_CALLBACK_LIST_STATIC
5058in the board configuration to a string that defines a list of
5059associations. The list must be in the following format:
5060
5061 entry = variable_name[:callback_name]
5062 list = entry[,list]
5063
5064If the callback name is not specified, then the callback is deleted.
5065Spaces are also allowed anywhere in the list.
5066
5067Callbacks can also be associated by defining the ".callbacks" variable
5068with the same list format above. Any association in ".callbacks" will
5069override any association in the static list. You can define
5070CONFIG_ENV_CALLBACK_LIST_DEFAULT to a list (string) to define the
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08005071".callbacks" environment variable in the default or embedded environment.
Joe Hershberger170ab112012-12-11 22:16:24 -06005072
Joe Hershbergerbdf1fe42015-05-20 14:27:20 -05005073If CONFIG_REGEX is defined, the variable_name above is evaluated as a
5074regular expression. This allows multiple variables to be connected to
5075the same callback without explicitly listing them all out.
5076
Joe Hershberger170ab112012-12-11 22:16:24 -06005077
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005078Command Line Parsing:
5079=====================
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00005080
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005081There are two different command line parsers available with U-Boot:
5082the old "simple" one, and the much more powerful "hush" shell:
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00005083
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005084Old, simple command line parser:
5085--------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005086
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005087- supports environment variables (through setenv / saveenv commands)
5088- several commands on one line, separated by ';'
Wolfgang Denkfe126d82005-11-20 21:40:11 +01005089- variable substitution using "... ${name} ..." syntax
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005090- special characters ('$', ';') can be escaped by prefixing with '\',
5091 for example:
Wolfgang Denkfe126d82005-11-20 21:40:11 +01005092 setenv bootcmd bootm \${address}
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005093- You can also escape text by enclosing in single apostrophes, for example:
5094 setenv addip 'setenv bootargs $bootargs ip=$ipaddr:$serverip:$gatewayip:$netmask:$hostname::off'
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005095
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005096Hush shell:
5097-----------
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005098
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005099- similar to Bourne shell, with control structures like
5100 if...then...else...fi, for...do...done; while...do...done,
5101 until...do...done, ...
5102- supports environment ("global") variables (through setenv / saveenv
5103 commands) and local shell variables (through standard shell syntax
5104 "name=value"); only environment variables can be used with "run"
5105 command
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005106
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005107General rules:
5108--------------
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005109
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005110(1) If a command line (or an environment variable executed by a "run"
5111 command) contains several commands separated by semicolon, and
5112 one of these commands fails, then the remaining commands will be
5113 executed anyway.
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005114
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005115(2) If you execute several variables with one call to run (i. e.
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005116 calling run with a list of variables as arguments), any failing
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005117 command will cause "run" to terminate, i. e. the remaining
5118 variables are not executed.
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005119
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005120Note for Redundant Ethernet Interfaces:
5121=======================================
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005122
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005123Some boards come with redundant Ethernet interfaces; U-Boot supports
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005124such configurations and is capable of automatic selection of a
5125"working" interface when needed. MAC assignment works as follows:
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005126
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005127Network interfaces are numbered eth0, eth1, eth2, ... Corresponding
5128MAC addresses can be stored in the environment as "ethaddr" (=>eth0),
5129"eth1addr" (=>eth1), "eth2addr", ...
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005130
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005131If the network interface stores some valid MAC address (for instance
5132in SROM), this is used as default address if there is NO correspon-
5133ding setting in the environment; if the corresponding environment
5134variable is set, this overrides the settings in the card; that means:
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005135
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005136o If the SROM has a valid MAC address, and there is no address in the
5137 environment, the SROM's address is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005138
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005139o If there is no valid address in the SROM, and a definition in the
5140 environment exists, then the value from the environment variable is
5141 used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005142
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005143o If both the SROM and the environment contain a MAC address, and
5144 both addresses are the same, this MAC address is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005145
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005146o If both the SROM and the environment contain a MAC address, and the
5147 addresses differ, the value from the environment is used and a
5148 warning is printed.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005149
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005150o If neither SROM nor the environment contain a MAC address, an error
Joe Hershbergerbef10142015-05-04 14:55:13 -05005151 is raised. If CONFIG_NET_RANDOM_ETHADDR is defined, then in this case
5152 a random, locally-assigned MAC is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005153
Ben Warrenecee9322010-04-26 11:11:46 -07005154If Ethernet drivers implement the 'write_hwaddr' function, valid MAC addresses
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00005155will be programmed into hardware as part of the initialization process. This
Ben Warrenecee9322010-04-26 11:11:46 -07005156may be skipped by setting the appropriate 'ethmacskip' environment variable.
5157The naming convention is as follows:
5158"ethmacskip" (=>eth0), "eth1macskip" (=>eth1) etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005159
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005160Image Formats:
5161==============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005162
Marian Balakowicz3310c542008-03-12 12:13:13 +01005163U-Boot is capable of booting (and performing other auxiliary operations on)
5164images in two formats:
5165
5166New uImage format (FIT)
5167-----------------------
5168
5169Flexible and powerful format based on Flattened Image Tree -- FIT (similar
5170to Flattened Device Tree). It allows the use of images with multiple
5171components (several kernels, ramdisks, etc.), with contents protected by
5172SHA1, MD5 or CRC32. More details are found in the doc/uImage.FIT directory.
5173
5174
5175Old uImage format
5176-----------------
5177
5178Old image format is based on binary files which can be basically anything,
5179preceded by a special header; see the definitions in include/image.h for
5180details; basically, the header defines the following image properties:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005181
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005182* Target Operating System (Provisions for OpenBSD, NetBSD, FreeBSD,
5183 4.4BSD, Linux, SVR4, Esix, Solaris, Irix, SCO, Dell, NCR, VxWorks,
Peter Tyserf5ed9e32008-09-08 14:56:49 -05005184 LynxOS, pSOS, QNX, RTEMS, INTEGRITY;
5185 Currently supported: Linux, NetBSD, VxWorks, QNX, RTEMS, LynxOS,
5186 INTEGRITY).
Wolfgang Denk7b64fef2006-10-24 14:21:16 +02005187* Target CPU Architecture (Provisions for Alpha, ARM, AVR32, Intel x86,
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +00005188 IA64, MIPS, NDS32, Nios II, PowerPC, IBM S390, SuperH, Sparc, Sparc 64 Bit;
5189 Currently supported: ARM, AVR32, Intel x86, MIPS, NDS32, Nios II, PowerPC).
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005190* Compression Type (uncompressed, gzip, bzip2)
5191* Load Address
5192* Entry Point
5193* Image Name
5194* Image Timestamp
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005195
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005196The header is marked by a special Magic Number, and both the header
5197and the data portions of the image are secured against corruption by
5198CRC32 checksums.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005199
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005200
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005201Linux Support:
5202==============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005203
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005204Although U-Boot should support any OS or standalone application
5205easily, the main focus has always been on Linux during the design of
5206U-Boot.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005207
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005208U-Boot includes many features that so far have been part of some
5209special "boot loader" code within the Linux kernel. Also, any
5210"initrd" images to be used are no longer part of one big Linux image;
5211instead, kernel and "initrd" are separate images. This implementation
5212serves several purposes:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005213
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005214- the same features can be used for other OS or standalone
5215 applications (for instance: using compressed images to reduce the
5216 Flash memory footprint)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005217
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005218- it becomes much easier to port new Linux kernel versions because
5219 lots of low-level, hardware dependent stuff are done by U-Boot
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005220
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005221- the same Linux kernel image can now be used with different "initrd"
5222 images; of course this also means that different kernel images can
5223 be run with the same "initrd". This makes testing easier (you don't
5224 have to build a new "zImage.initrd" Linux image when you just
5225 change a file in your "initrd"). Also, a field-upgrade of the
5226 software is easier now.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005227
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005228
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005229Linux HOWTO:
5230============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005231
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005232Porting Linux to U-Boot based systems:
5233---------------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005234
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005235U-Boot cannot save you from doing all the necessary modifications to
5236configure the Linux device drivers for use with your target hardware
5237(no, we don't intend to provide a full virtual machine interface to
5238Linux :-).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005239
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02005240But now you can ignore ALL boot loader code (in arch/powerpc/mbxboot).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005241
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005242Just make sure your machine specific header file (for instance
5243include/asm-ppc/tqm8xx.h) includes the same definition of the Board
Markus Heidelberg1dc30692008-09-07 20:18:27 +02005244Information structure as we define in include/asm-<arch>/u-boot.h,
5245and make sure that your definition of IMAP_ADDR uses the same value
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02005246as your U-Boot configuration in CONFIG_SYS_IMMR.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005247
Simon Glass2eb31b12014-06-11 23:29:46 -06005248Note that U-Boot now has a driver model, a unified model for drivers.
5249If you are adding a new driver, plumb it into driver model. If there
5250is no uclass available, you are encouraged to create one. See
5251doc/driver-model.
5252
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005253
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005254Configuring the Linux kernel:
5255-----------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005256
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005257No specific requirements for U-Boot. Make sure you have some root
5258device (initial ramdisk, NFS) for your target system.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005259
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005260
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005261Building a Linux Image:
5262-----------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005263
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005264With U-Boot, "normal" build targets like "zImage" or "bzImage" are
5265not used. If you use recent kernel source, a new build target
5266"uImage" will exist which automatically builds an image usable by
5267U-Boot. Most older kernels also have support for a "pImage" target,
5268which was introduced for our predecessor project PPCBoot and uses a
5269100% compatible format.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005270
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005271Example:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005272
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +02005273 make TQM850L_defconfig
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005274 make oldconfig
5275 make dep
5276 make uImage
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005277
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005278The "uImage" build target uses a special tool (in 'tools/mkimage') to
5279encapsulate a compressed Linux kernel image with header information,
5280CRC32 checksum etc. for use with U-Boot. This is what we are doing:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005281
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005282* build a standard "vmlinux" kernel image (in ELF binary format):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005283
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005284* convert the kernel into a raw binary image:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005285
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005286 ${CROSS_COMPILE}-objcopy -O binary \
5287 -R .note -R .comment \
5288 -S vmlinux linux.bin
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005289
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005290* compress the binary image:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005291
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005292 gzip -9 linux.bin
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005293
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005294* package compressed binary image for U-Boot:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005295
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005296 mkimage -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C gzip \
5297 -a 0 -e 0 -n "Linux Kernel Image" \
5298 -d linux.bin.gz uImage
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005299
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005300
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005301The "mkimage" tool can also be used to create ramdisk images for use
5302with U-Boot, either separated from the Linux kernel image, or
5303combined into one file. "mkimage" encapsulates the images with a 64
5304byte header containing information about target architecture,
5305operating system, image type, compression method, entry points, time
5306stamp, CRC32 checksums, etc.
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005307
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005308"mkimage" can be called in two ways: to verify existing images and
5309print the header information, or to build new images.
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005310
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005311In the first form (with "-l" option) mkimage lists the information
5312contained in the header of an existing U-Boot image; this includes
5313checksum verification:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005314
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005315 tools/mkimage -l image
5316 -l ==> list image header information
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005317
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005318The second form (with "-d" option) is used to build a U-Boot image
5319from a "data file" which is used as image payload:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005320
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005321 tools/mkimage -A arch -O os -T type -C comp -a addr -e ep \
5322 -n name -d data_file image
5323 -A ==> set architecture to 'arch'
5324 -O ==> set operating system to 'os'
5325 -T ==> set image type to 'type'
5326 -C ==> set compression type 'comp'
5327 -a ==> set load address to 'addr' (hex)
5328 -e ==> set entry point to 'ep' (hex)
5329 -n ==> set image name to 'name'
5330 -d ==> use image data from 'datafile'
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005331
wdenk69459792004-05-29 16:53:29 +00005332Right now, all Linux kernels for PowerPC systems use the same load
5333address (0x00000000), but the entry point address depends on the
5334kernel version:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005335
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005336- 2.2.x kernels have the entry point at 0x0000000C,
5337- 2.3.x and later kernels have the entry point at 0x00000000.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005338
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005339So a typical call to build a U-Boot image would read:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005340
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005341 -> tools/mkimage -n '2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L' \
5342 > -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C gzip -a 0 -e 0 \
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02005343 > -d /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux.gz \
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005344 > examples/uImage.TQM850L
5345 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
5346 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
5347 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5348 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327.86 kB = 0.32 MB
5349 Load Address: 0x00000000
5350 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005351
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005352To verify the contents of the image (or check for corruption):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005353
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005354 -> tools/mkimage -l examples/uImage.TQM850L
5355 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
5356 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
5357 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5358 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327.86 kB = 0.32 MB
5359 Load Address: 0x00000000
5360 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005361
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005362NOTE: for embedded systems where boot time is critical you can trade
5363speed for memory and install an UNCOMPRESSED image instead: this
5364needs more space in Flash, but boots much faster since it does not
5365need to be uncompressed:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005366
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02005367 -> gunzip /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux.gz
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005368 -> tools/mkimage -n '2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L' \
5369 > -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C none -a 0 -e 0 \
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02005370 > -d /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux \
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005371 > examples/uImage.TQM850L-uncompressed
5372 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
5373 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
5374 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (uncompressed)
5375 Data Size: 792160 Bytes = 773.59 kB = 0.76 MB
5376 Load Address: 0x00000000
5377 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005378
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005379
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005380Similar you can build U-Boot images from a 'ramdisk.image.gz' file
5381when your kernel is intended to use an initial ramdisk:
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00005382
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005383 -> tools/mkimage -n 'Simple Ramdisk Image' \
5384 > -A ppc -O linux -T ramdisk -C gzip \
5385 > -d /LinuxPPC/images/SIMPLE-ramdisk.image.gz examples/simple-initrd
5386 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
5387 Created: Wed Jan 12 14:01:50 2000
5388 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
5389 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553.25 kB = 0.54 MB
5390 Load Address: 0x00000000
5391 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00005392
Guilherme Maciel Ferreiraa804b5c2013-12-01 12:43:11 -07005393The "dumpimage" is a tool to disassemble images built by mkimage. Its "-i"
5394option performs the converse operation of the mkimage's second form (the "-d"
5395option). Given an image built by mkimage, the dumpimage extracts a "data file"
5396from the image:
5397
Guilherme Maciel Ferreiraf41f5b72015-01-15 02:54:40 -02005398 tools/dumpimage -i image -T type -p position data_file
5399 -i ==> extract from the 'image' a specific 'data_file'
5400 -T ==> set image type to 'type'
5401 -p ==> 'position' (starting at 0) of the 'data_file' inside the 'image'
Guilherme Maciel Ferreiraa804b5c2013-12-01 12:43:11 -07005402
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00005403
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005404Installing a Linux Image:
5405-------------------------
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00005406
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005407To downloading a U-Boot image over the serial (console) interface,
5408you must convert the image to S-Record format:
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00005409
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005410 objcopy -I binary -O srec examples/image examples/image.srec
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00005411
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005412The 'objcopy' does not understand the information in the U-Boot
5413image header, so the resulting S-Record file will be relative to
5414address 0x00000000. To load it to a given address, you need to
5415specify the target address as 'offset' parameter with the 'loads'
5416command.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005417
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005418Example: install the image to address 0x40100000 (which on the
5419TQM8xxL is in the first Flash bank):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005420
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005421 => erase 40100000 401FFFFF
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005422
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005423 .......... done
5424 Erased 8 sectors
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005425
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005426 => loads 40100000
5427 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
5428 ~>examples/image.srec
5429 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 ...
5430 ...
5431 15989 15990 15991 15992
5432 [file transfer complete]
5433 [connected]
5434 ## Start Addr = 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005435
5436
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005437You can check the success of the download using the 'iminfo' command;
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005438this includes a checksum verification so you can be sure no data
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005439corruption happened:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005440
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005441 => imi 40100000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005442
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005443 ## Checking Image at 40100000 ...
5444 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
5445 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5446 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
5447 Load Address: 00000000
5448 Entry Point: 0000000c
5449 Verifying Checksum ... OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005450
5451
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005452Boot Linux:
5453-----------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005454
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005455The "bootm" command is used to boot an application that is stored in
5456memory (RAM or Flash). In case of a Linux kernel image, the contents
5457of the "bootargs" environment variable is passed to the kernel as
5458parameters. You can check and modify this variable using the
5459"printenv" and "setenv" commands:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005460
5461
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005462 => printenv bootargs
5463 bootargs=root=/dev/ram
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005464
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005465 => setenv bootargs root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005466
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005467 => printenv bootargs
5468 bootargs=root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005469
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005470 => bootm 40020000
5471 ## Booting Linux kernel at 40020000 ...
5472 Image Name: 2.2.13 for NFS on TQM850L
5473 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5474 Data Size: 381681 Bytes = 372 kB = 0 MB
5475 Load Address: 00000000
5476 Entry Point: 0000000c
5477 Verifying Checksum ... OK
5478 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
5479 Linux version 2.2.13 (wd@denx.local.net) (gcc version 2.95.2 19991024 (release)) #1 Wed Jul 19 02:35:17 MEST 2000
5480 Boot arguments: root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
5481 time_init: decrementer frequency = 187500000/60
5482 Calibrating delay loop... 49.77 BogoMIPS
5483 Memory: 15208k available (700k kernel code, 444k data, 32k init) [c0000000,c1000000]
5484 ...
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005485
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005486If you want to boot a Linux kernel with initial RAM disk, you pass
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005487the memory addresses of both the kernel and the initrd image (PPBCOOT
5488format!) to the "bootm" command:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005489
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005490 => imi 40100000 40200000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005491
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005492 ## Checking Image at 40100000 ...
5493 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
5494 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5495 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
5496 Load Address: 00000000
5497 Entry Point: 0000000c
5498 Verifying Checksum ... OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005499
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005500 ## Checking Image at 40200000 ...
5501 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
5502 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
5503 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553 kB = 0 MB
5504 Load Address: 00000000
5505 Entry Point: 00000000
5506 Verifying Checksum ... OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005507
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005508 => bootm 40100000 40200000
5509 ## Booting Linux kernel at 40100000 ...
5510 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
5511 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5512 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
5513 Load Address: 00000000
5514 Entry Point: 0000000c
5515 Verifying Checksum ... OK
5516 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
5517 ## Loading RAMDisk Image at 40200000 ...
5518 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
5519 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
5520 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553 kB = 0 MB
5521 Load Address: 00000000
5522 Entry Point: 00000000
5523 Verifying Checksum ... OK
5524 Loading Ramdisk ... OK
5525 Linux version 2.2.13 (wd@denx.local.net) (gcc version 2.95.2 19991024 (release)) #1 Wed Jul 19 02:32:08 MEST 2000
5526 Boot arguments: root=/dev/ram
5527 time_init: decrementer frequency = 187500000/60
5528 Calibrating delay loop... 49.77 BogoMIPS
5529 ...
5530 RAMDISK: Compressed image found at block 0
5531 VFS: Mounted root (ext2 filesystem).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005532
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005533 bash#
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005534
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -05005535Boot Linux and pass a flat device tree:
5536-----------
5537
5538First, U-Boot must be compiled with the appropriate defines. See the section
5539titled "Linux Kernel Interface" above for a more in depth explanation. The
5540following is an example of how to start a kernel and pass an updated
5541flat device tree:
5542
5543=> print oftaddr
5544oftaddr=0x300000
5545=> print oft
5546oft=oftrees/mpc8540ads.dtb
5547=> tftp $oftaddr $oft
5548Speed: 1000, full duplex
5549Using TSEC0 device
5550TFTP from server 192.168.1.1; our IP address is 192.168.1.101
5551Filename 'oftrees/mpc8540ads.dtb'.
5552Load address: 0x300000
5553Loading: #
5554done
5555Bytes transferred = 4106 (100a hex)
5556=> tftp $loadaddr $bootfile
5557Speed: 1000, full duplex
5558Using TSEC0 device
5559TFTP from server 192.168.1.1; our IP address is 192.168.1.2
5560Filename 'uImage'.
5561Load address: 0x200000
5562Loading:############
5563done
5564Bytes transferred = 1029407 (fb51f hex)
5565=> print loadaddr
5566loadaddr=200000
5567=> print oftaddr
5568oftaddr=0x300000
5569=> bootm $loadaddr - $oftaddr
5570## Booting image at 00200000 ...
Wolfgang Denka9398e02006-11-27 15:32:42 +01005571 Image Name: Linux-2.6.17-dirty
5572 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5573 Data Size: 1029343 Bytes = 1005.2 kB
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -05005574 Load Address: 00000000
Wolfgang Denka9398e02006-11-27 15:32:42 +01005575 Entry Point: 00000000
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -05005576 Verifying Checksum ... OK
5577 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
5578Booting using flat device tree at 0x300000
5579Using MPC85xx ADS machine description
5580Memory CAM mapping: CAM0=256Mb, CAM1=256Mb, CAM2=0Mb residual: 0Mb
5581[snip]
5582
5583
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005584More About U-Boot Image Types:
5585------------------------------
wdenk6069ff22003-02-28 00:49:47 +00005586
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005587U-Boot supports the following image types:
wdenk6069ff22003-02-28 00:49:47 +00005588
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005589 "Standalone Programs" are directly runnable in the environment
5590 provided by U-Boot; it is expected that (if they behave
5591 well) you can continue to work in U-Boot after return from
5592 the Standalone Program.
5593 "OS Kernel Images" are usually images of some Embedded OS which
5594 will take over control completely. Usually these programs
5595 will install their own set of exception handlers, device
5596 drivers, set up the MMU, etc. - this means, that you cannot
5597 expect to re-enter U-Boot except by resetting the CPU.
5598 "RAMDisk Images" are more or less just data blocks, and their
5599 parameters (address, size) are passed to an OS kernel that is
5600 being started.
5601 "Multi-File Images" contain several images, typically an OS
5602 (Linux) kernel image and one or more data images like
5603 RAMDisks. This construct is useful for instance when you want
5604 to boot over the network using BOOTP etc., where the boot
5605 server provides just a single image file, but you want to get
5606 for instance an OS kernel and a RAMDisk image.
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00005607
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005608 "Multi-File Images" start with a list of image sizes, each
5609 image size (in bytes) specified by an "uint32_t" in network
5610 byte order. This list is terminated by an "(uint32_t)0".
5611 Immediately after the terminating 0 follow the images, one by
5612 one, all aligned on "uint32_t" boundaries (size rounded up to
5613 a multiple of 4 bytes).
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00005614
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005615 "Firmware Images" are binary images containing firmware (like
5616 U-Boot or FPGA images) which usually will be programmed to
5617 flash memory.
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00005618
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005619 "Script files" are command sequences that will be executed by
5620 U-Boot's command interpreter; this feature is especially
5621 useful when you configure U-Boot to use a real shell (hush)
5622 as command interpreter.
wdenk6069ff22003-02-28 00:49:47 +00005623
Marek Vasut44f074c2012-03-14 21:52:45 +00005624Booting the Linux zImage:
5625-------------------------
5626
5627On some platforms, it's possible to boot Linux zImage. This is done
5628using the "bootz" command. The syntax of "bootz" command is the same
5629as the syntax of "bootm" command.
5630
Tom Rini8ac28562013-05-16 11:40:11 -04005631Note, defining the CONFIG_SUPPORT_RAW_INITRD allows user to supply
Marek Vasut017e1f32012-03-18 11:47:58 +00005632kernel with raw initrd images. The syntax is slightly different, the
5633address of the initrd must be augmented by it's size, in the following
5634format: "<initrd addres>:<initrd size>".
5635
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005636
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005637Standalone HOWTO:
5638=================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005639
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005640One of the features of U-Boot is that you can dynamically load and
5641run "standalone" applications, which can use some resources of
5642U-Boot like console I/O functions or interrupt services.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005643
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005644Two simple examples are included with the sources:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005645
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005646"Hello World" Demo:
5647-------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005648
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005649'examples/hello_world.c' contains a small "Hello World" Demo
5650application; it is automatically compiled when you build U-Boot.
5651It's configured to run at address 0x00040004, so you can play with it
5652like that:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005653
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005654 => loads
5655 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
5656 ~>examples/hello_world.srec
5657 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 ...
5658 [file transfer complete]
5659 [connected]
5660 ## Start Addr = 0x00040004
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005661
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005662 => go 40004 Hello World! This is a test.
5663 ## Starting application at 0x00040004 ...
5664 Hello World
5665 argc = 7
5666 argv[0] = "40004"
5667 argv[1] = "Hello"
5668 argv[2] = "World!"
5669 argv[3] = "This"
5670 argv[4] = "is"
5671 argv[5] = "a"
5672 argv[6] = "test."
5673 argv[7] = "<NULL>"
5674 Hit any key to exit ...
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005675
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005676 ## Application terminated, rc = 0x0
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005677
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005678Another example, which demonstrates how to register a CPM interrupt
5679handler with the U-Boot code, can be found in 'examples/timer.c'.
5680Here, a CPM timer is set up to generate an interrupt every second.
5681The interrupt service routine is trivial, just printing a '.'
5682character, but this is just a demo program. The application can be
5683controlled by the following keys:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005684
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005685 ? - print current values og the CPM Timer registers
5686 b - enable interrupts and start timer
5687 e - stop timer and disable interrupts
5688 q - quit application
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005689
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005690 => loads
5691 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
5692 ~>examples/timer.srec
5693 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 ...
5694 [file transfer complete]
5695 [connected]
5696 ## Start Addr = 0x00040004
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005697
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005698 => go 40004
5699 ## Starting application at 0x00040004 ...
5700 TIMERS=0xfff00980
5701 Using timer 1
5702 tgcr @ 0xfff00980, tmr @ 0xfff00990, trr @ 0xfff00994, tcr @ 0xfff00998, tcn @ 0xfff0099c, ter @ 0xfff009b0
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005703
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005704Hit 'b':
5705 [q, b, e, ?] Set interval 1000000 us
5706 Enabling timer
5707Hit '?':
5708 [q, b, e, ?] ........
5709 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0xef6, ter=0x0
5710Hit '?':
5711 [q, b, e, ?] .
5712 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x2ad4, ter=0x0
5713Hit '?':
5714 [q, b, e, ?] .
5715 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x1efc, ter=0x0
5716Hit '?':
5717 [q, b, e, ?] .
5718 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x169d, ter=0x0
5719Hit 'e':
5720 [q, b, e, ?] ...Stopping timer
5721Hit 'q':
5722 [q, b, e, ?] ## Application terminated, rc = 0x0
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005723
5724
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005725Minicom warning:
5726================
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00005727
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005728Over time, many people have reported problems when trying to use the
5729"minicom" terminal emulation program for serial download. I (wd)
5730consider minicom to be broken, and recommend not to use it. Under
5731Unix, I recommend to use C-Kermit for general purpose use (and
5732especially for kermit binary protocol download ("loadb" command), and
Karl O. Pince53515a2012-10-01 05:11:56 +00005733use "cu" for S-Record download ("loads" command). See
5734http://www.denx.de/wiki/view/DULG/SystemSetup#Section_4.3.
5735for help with kermit.
5736
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00005737
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005738Nevertheless, if you absolutely want to use it try adding this
5739configuration to your "File transfer protocols" section:
wdenk52f52c12003-06-19 23:04:19 +00005740
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005741 Name Program Name U/D FullScr IO-Red. Multi
5742 X kermit /usr/bin/kermit -i -l %l -s Y U Y N N
5743 Y kermit /usr/bin/kermit -i -l %l -r N D Y N N
wdenk52f52c12003-06-19 23:04:19 +00005744
5745
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005746NetBSD Notes:
5747=============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005748
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005749Starting at version 0.9.2, U-Boot supports NetBSD both as host
5750(build U-Boot) and target system (boots NetBSD/mpc8xx).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005751
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005752Building requires a cross environment; it is known to work on
5753NetBSD/i386 with the cross-powerpc-netbsd-1.3 package (you will also
5754need gmake since the Makefiles are not compatible with BSD make).
5755Note that the cross-powerpc package does not install include files;
5756attempting to build U-Boot will fail because <machine/ansi.h> is
5757missing. This file has to be installed and patched manually:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005758
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005759 # cd /usr/pkg/cross/powerpc-netbsd/include
5760 # mkdir powerpc
5761 # ln -s powerpc machine
5762 # cp /usr/src/sys/arch/powerpc/include/ansi.h powerpc/ansi.h
5763 # ${EDIT} powerpc/ansi.h ## must remove __va_list, _BSD_VA_LIST
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005764
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005765Native builds *don't* work due to incompatibilities between native
5766and U-Boot include files.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005767
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005768Booting assumes that (the first part of) the image booted is a
5769stage-2 loader which in turn loads and then invokes the kernel
5770proper. Loader sources will eventually appear in the NetBSD source
5771tree (probably in sys/arc/mpc8xx/stand/u-boot_stage2/); in the
wdenk2a8af182005-04-13 10:02:42 +00005772meantime, see ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/ppcboot_stage2.tar.gz
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005773
5774
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005775Implementation Internals:
5776=========================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005777
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005778The following is not intended to be a complete description of every
5779implementation detail. However, it should help to understand the
5780inner workings of U-Boot and make it easier to port it to custom
5781hardware.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005782
5783
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005784Initial Stack, Global Data:
5785---------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005786
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005787The implementation of U-Boot is complicated by the fact that U-Boot
5788starts running out of ROM (flash memory), usually without access to
5789system RAM (because the memory controller is not initialized yet).
5790This means that we don't have writable Data or BSS segments, and BSS
5791is not initialized as zero. To be able to get a C environment working
5792at all, we have to allocate at least a minimal stack. Implementation
5793options for this are defined and restricted by the CPU used: Some CPU
5794models provide on-chip memory (like the IMMR area on MPC8xx and
5795MPC826x processors), on others (parts of) the data cache can be
5796locked as (mis-) used as memory, etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005797
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005798 Chris Hallinan posted a good summary of these issues to the
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01005799 U-Boot mailing list:
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00005800
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005801 Subject: RE: [U-Boot-Users] RE: More On Memory Bank x (nothingness)?
5802 From: "Chris Hallinan" <clh@net1plus.com>
5803 Date: Mon, 10 Feb 2003 16:43:46 -0500 (22:43 MET)
5804 ...
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00005805
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005806 Correct me if I'm wrong, folks, but the way I understand it
5807 is this: Using DCACHE as initial RAM for Stack, etc, does not
5808 require any physical RAM backing up the cache. The cleverness
5809 is that the cache is being used as a temporary supply of
5810 necessary storage before the SDRAM controller is setup. It's
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005811 beyond the scope of this list to explain the details, but you
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005812 can see how this works by studying the cache architecture and
5813 operation in the architecture and processor-specific manuals.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00005814
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005815 OCM is On Chip Memory, which I believe the 405GP has 4K. It
5816 is another option for the system designer to use as an
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005817 initial stack/RAM area prior to SDRAM being available. Either
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005818 option should work for you. Using CS 4 should be fine if your
5819 board designers haven't used it for something that would
5820 cause you grief during the initial boot! It is frequently not
5821 used.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00005822
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02005823 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR should be somewhere that won't interfere
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005824 with your processor/board/system design. The default value
5825 you will find in any recent u-boot distribution in
Stefan Roese8a316c92005-08-01 16:49:12 +02005826 walnut.h should work for you. I'd set it to a value larger
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005827 than your SDRAM module. If you have a 64MB SDRAM module, set
5828 it above 400_0000. Just make sure your board has no resources
5829 that are supposed to respond to that address! That code in
5830 start.S has been around a while and should work as is when
5831 you get the config right.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00005832
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005833 -Chris Hallinan
5834 DS4.COM, Inc.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00005835
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005836It is essential to remember this, since it has some impact on the C
5837code for the initialization procedures:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005838
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005839* Initialized global data (data segment) is read-only. Do not attempt
5840 to write it.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005841
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08005842* Do not use any uninitialized global data (or implicitly initialized
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005843 as zero data - BSS segment) at all - this is undefined, initiali-
5844 zation is performed later (when relocating to RAM).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005845
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005846* Stack space is very limited. Avoid big data buffers or things like
5847 that.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005848
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005849Having only the stack as writable memory limits means we cannot use
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08005850normal global data to share information between the code. But it
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005851turned out that the implementation of U-Boot can be greatly
5852simplified by making a global data structure (gd_t) available to all
5853functions. We could pass a pointer to this data as argument to _all_
5854functions, but this would bloat the code. Instead we use a feature of
5855the GCC compiler (Global Register Variables) to share the data: we
5856place a pointer (gd) to the global data into a register which we
5857reserve for this purpose.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005858
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005859When choosing a register for such a purpose we are restricted by the
5860relevant (E)ABI specifications for the current architecture, and by
5861GCC's implementation.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005862
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005863For PowerPC, the following registers have specific use:
5864 R1: stack pointer
Wolfgang Denke7670f62008-02-14 22:43:22 +01005865 R2: reserved for system use
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005866 R3-R4: parameter passing and return values
5867 R5-R10: parameter passing
5868 R13: small data area pointer
5869 R30: GOT pointer
5870 R31: frame pointer
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005871
Joakim Tjernlunde6bee802010-01-19 14:41:58 +01005872 (U-Boot also uses R12 as internal GOT pointer. r12
5873 is a volatile register so r12 needs to be reset when
5874 going back and forth between asm and C)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005875
Wolfgang Denke7670f62008-02-14 22:43:22 +01005876 ==> U-Boot will use R2 to hold a pointer to the global data
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005877
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005878 Note: on PPC, we could use a static initializer (since the
5879 address of the global data structure is known at compile time),
5880 but it turned out that reserving a register results in somewhat
5881 smaller code - although the code savings are not that big (on
5882 average for all boards 752 bytes for the whole U-Boot image,
5883 624 text + 127 data).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005884
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005885On ARM, the following registers are used:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005886
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005887 R0: function argument word/integer result
5888 R1-R3: function argument word
Jeroen Hofstee12eba1b2013-09-21 14:04:42 +02005889 R9: platform specific
5890 R10: stack limit (used only if stack checking is enabled)
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005891 R11: argument (frame) pointer
5892 R12: temporary workspace
5893 R13: stack pointer
5894 R14: link register
5895 R15: program counter
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005896
Jeroen Hofstee12eba1b2013-09-21 14:04:42 +02005897 ==> U-Boot will use R9 to hold a pointer to the global data
5898
5899 Note: on ARM, only R_ARM_RELATIVE relocations are supported.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005900
Thomas Chou0df01fd2010-05-21 11:08:03 +08005901On Nios II, the ABI is documented here:
5902 http://www.altera.com/literature/hb/nios2/n2cpu_nii51016.pdf
5903
5904 ==> U-Boot will use gp to hold a pointer to the global data
5905
5906 Note: on Nios II, we give "-G0" option to gcc and don't use gp
5907 to access small data sections, so gp is free.
5908
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +00005909On NDS32, the following registers are used:
5910
5911 R0-R1: argument/return
5912 R2-R5: argument
5913 R15: temporary register for assembler
5914 R16: trampoline register
5915 R28: frame pointer (FP)
5916 R29: global pointer (GP)
5917 R30: link register (LP)
5918 R31: stack pointer (SP)
5919 PC: program counter (PC)
5920
5921 ==> U-Boot will use R10 to hold a pointer to the global data
5922
Wolfgang Denkd87080b2006-03-31 18:32:53 +02005923NOTE: DECLARE_GLOBAL_DATA_PTR must be used with file-global scope,
5924or current versions of GCC may "optimize" the code too much.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005925
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005926Memory Management:
5927------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005928
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005929U-Boot runs in system state and uses physical addresses, i.e. the
5930MMU is not used either for address mapping nor for memory protection.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005931
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005932The available memory is mapped to fixed addresses using the memory
5933controller. In this process, a contiguous block is formed for each
5934memory type (Flash, SDRAM, SRAM), even when it consists of several
5935physical memory banks.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005936
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005937U-Boot is installed in the first 128 kB of the first Flash bank (on
5938TQM8xxL modules this is the range 0x40000000 ... 0x4001FFFF). After
5939booting and sizing and initializing DRAM, the code relocates itself
5940to the upper end of DRAM. Immediately below the U-Boot code some
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02005941memory is reserved for use by malloc() [see CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005942configuration setting]. Below that, a structure with global Board
5943Info data is placed, followed by the stack (growing downward).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005944
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005945Additionally, some exception handler code is copied to the low 8 kB
5946of DRAM (0x00000000 ... 0x00001FFF).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005947
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005948So a typical memory configuration with 16 MB of DRAM could look like
5949this:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005950
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005951 0x0000 0000 Exception Vector code
5952 :
5953 0x0000 1FFF
5954 0x0000 2000 Free for Application Use
5955 :
5956 :
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005957
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005958 :
5959 :
5960 0x00FB FF20 Monitor Stack (Growing downward)
5961 0x00FB FFAC Board Info Data and permanent copy of global data
5962 0x00FC 0000 Malloc Arena
5963 :
5964 0x00FD FFFF
5965 0x00FE 0000 RAM Copy of Monitor Code
5966 ... eventually: LCD or video framebuffer
5967 ... eventually: pRAM (Protected RAM - unchanged by reset)
5968 0x00FF FFFF [End of RAM]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005969
5970
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005971System Initialization:
5972----------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005973
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005974In the reset configuration, U-Boot starts at the reset entry point
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005975(on most PowerPC systems at address 0x00000100). Because of the reset
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08005976configuration for CS0# this is a mirror of the on board Flash memory.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005977To be able to re-map memory U-Boot then jumps to its link address.
5978To be able to implement the initialization code in C, a (small!)
5979initial stack is set up in the internal Dual Ported RAM (in case CPUs
5980which provide such a feature like MPC8xx or MPC8260), or in a locked
5981part of the data cache. After that, U-Boot initializes the CPU core,
5982the caches and the SIU.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005983
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005984Next, all (potentially) available memory banks are mapped using a
5985preliminary mapping. For example, we put them on 512 MB boundaries
5986(multiples of 0x20000000: SDRAM on 0x00000000 and 0x20000000, Flash
5987on 0x40000000 and 0x60000000, SRAM on 0x80000000). Then UPM A is
5988programmed for SDRAM access. Using the temporary configuration, a
5989simple memory test is run that determines the size of the SDRAM
5990banks.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005991
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005992When there is more than one SDRAM bank, and the banks are of
5993different size, the largest is mapped first. For equal size, the first
5994bank (CS2#) is mapped first. The first mapping is always for address
59950x00000000, with any additional banks following immediately to create
5996contiguous memory starting from 0.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005997
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005998Then, the monitor installs itself at the upper end of the SDRAM area
5999and allocates memory for use by malloc() and for the global Board
6000Info data; also, the exception vector code is copied to the low RAM
6001pages, and the final stack is set up.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006002
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006003Only after this relocation will you have a "normal" C environment;
6004until that you are restricted in several ways, mostly because you are
6005running from ROM, and because the code will have to be relocated to a
6006new address in RAM.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006007
6008
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006009U-Boot Porting Guide:
6010----------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006011
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006012[Based on messages by Jerry Van Baren in the U-Boot-Users mailing
6013list, October 2002]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006014
6015
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006016int main(int argc, char *argv[])
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006017{
6018 sighandler_t no_more_time;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006019
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006020 signal(SIGALRM, no_more_time);
6021 alarm(PROJECT_DEADLINE - toSec (3 * WEEK));
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006022
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006023 if (available_money > available_manpower) {
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006024 Pay consultant to port U-Boot;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006025 return 0;
6026 }
6027
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006028 Download latest U-Boot source;
6029
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01006030 Subscribe to u-boot mailing list;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006031
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006032 if (clueless)
6033 email("Hi, I am new to U-Boot, how do I get started?");
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006034
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006035 while (learning) {
6036 Read the README file in the top level directory;
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006037 Read http://www.denx.de/twiki/bin/view/DULG/Manual;
6038 Read applicable doc/*.README;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006039 Read the source, Luke;
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006040 /* find . -name "*.[chS]" | xargs grep -i <keyword> */
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006041 }
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006042
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006043 if (available_money > toLocalCurrency ($2500))
6044 Buy a BDI3000;
6045 else
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006046 Add a lot of aggravation and time;
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006047
6048 if (a similar board exists) { /* hopefully... */
6049 cp -a board/<similar> board/<myboard>
6050 cp include/configs/<similar>.h include/configs/<myboard>.h
6051 } else {
6052 Create your own board support subdirectory;
6053 Create your own board include/configs/<myboard>.h file;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006054 }
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006055 Edit new board/<myboard> files
6056 Edit new include/configs/<myboard>.h
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006057
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006058 while (!accepted) {
6059 while (!running) {
6060 do {
6061 Add / modify source code;
6062 } until (compiles);
6063 Debug;
6064 if (clueless)
6065 email("Hi, I am having problems...");
6066 }
6067 Send patch file to the U-Boot email list;
6068 if (reasonable critiques)
6069 Incorporate improvements from email list code review;
6070 else
6071 Defend code as written;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006072 }
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006073
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006074 return 0;
6075}
6076
6077void no_more_time (int sig)
6078{
6079 hire_a_guru();
6080}
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006081
6082
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006083Coding Standards:
6084-----------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006085
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006086All contributions to U-Boot should conform to the Linux kernel
Detlev Zundel2c051652006-09-01 15:39:02 +02006087coding style; see the file "Documentation/CodingStyle" and the script
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00006088"scripts/Lindent" in your Linux kernel source directory.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006089
Detlev Zundel2c051652006-09-01 15:39:02 +02006090Source files originating from a different project (for example the
6091MTD subsystem) are generally exempt from these guidelines and are not
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08006092reformatted to ease subsequent migration to newer versions of those
Detlev Zundel2c051652006-09-01 15:39:02 +02006093sources.
6094
6095Please note that U-Boot is implemented in C (and to some small parts in
6096Assembler); no C++ is used, so please do not use C++ style comments (//)
6097in your code.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006098
6099Please also stick to the following formatting rules:
6100- remove any trailing white space
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00006101- use TAB characters for indentation and vertical alignment, not spaces
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006102- make sure NOT to use DOS '\r\n' line feeds
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00006103- do not add more than 2 consecutive empty lines to source files
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006104- do not add trailing empty lines to source files
6105
6106Submissions which do not conform to the standards may be returned
6107with a request to reformat the changes.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006108
6109
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006110Submitting Patches:
6111-------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006112
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006113Since the number of patches for U-Boot is growing, we need to
6114establish some rules. Submissions which do not conform to these rules
6115may be rejected, even when they contain important and valuable stuff.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006116
Magnus Lilja0d28f342008-08-06 19:32:33 +02006117Please see http://www.denx.de/wiki/U-Boot/Patches for details.
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01006118
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01006119Patches shall be sent to the u-boot mailing list <u-boot@lists.denx.de>;
6120see http://lists.denx.de/mailman/listinfo/u-boot
6121
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006122When you send a patch, please include the following information with
6123it:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006124
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006125* For bug fixes: a description of the bug and how your patch fixes
6126 this bug. Please try to include a way of demonstrating that the
6127 patch actually fixes something.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006128
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006129* For new features: a description of the feature and your
6130 implementation.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006131
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006132* A CHANGELOG entry as plaintext (separate from the patch)
6133
Robert P. J. Day7207b362015-12-19 07:16:10 -05006134* For major contributions, add a MAINTAINERS file with your
6135 information and associated file and directory references.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006136
Albert ARIBAUD27af9302013-09-11 15:52:51 +02006137* When you add support for a new board, don't forget to add a
6138 maintainer e-mail address to the boards.cfg file, too.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006139
6140* If your patch adds new configuration options, don't forget to
6141 document these in the README file.
6142
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01006143* The patch itself. If you are using git (which is *strongly*
6144 recommended) you can easily generate the patch using the
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00006145 "git format-patch". If you then use "git send-email" to send it to
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01006146 the U-Boot mailing list, you will avoid most of the common problems
6147 with some other mail clients.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006148
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01006149 If you cannot use git, use "diff -purN OLD NEW". If your version of
6150 diff does not support these options, then get the latest version of
6151 GNU diff.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006152
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01006153 The current directory when running this command shall be the parent
6154 directory of the U-Boot source tree (i. e. please make sure that
6155 your patch includes sufficient directory information for the
6156 affected files).
6157
6158 We prefer patches as plain text. MIME attachments are discouraged,
6159 and compressed attachments must not be used.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006160
6161* If one logical set of modifications affects or creates several
6162 files, all these changes shall be submitted in a SINGLE patch file.
6163
6164* Changesets that contain different, unrelated modifications shall be
6165 submitted as SEPARATE patches, one patch per changeset.
6166
6167
6168Notes:
6169
Simon Glass6de80f22016-07-27 20:33:08 -06006170* Before sending the patch, run the buildman script on your patched
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006171 source tree and make sure that no errors or warnings are reported
6172 for any of the boards.
6173
6174* Keep your modifications to the necessary minimum: A patch
6175 containing several unrelated changes or arbitrary reformats will be
6176 returned with a request to re-formatting / split it.
6177
6178* If you modify existing code, make sure that your new code does not
6179 add to the memory footprint of the code ;-) Small is beautiful!
6180 When adding new features, these should compile conditionally only
6181 (using #ifdef), and the resulting code with the new feature
6182 disabled must not need more memory than the old code without your
6183 modification.
wdenk90dc6702005-05-03 14:12:25 +00006184
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01006185* Remember that there is a size limit of 100 kB per message on the
6186 u-boot mailing list. Bigger patches will be moderated. If they are
6187 reasonable and not too big, they will be acknowledged. But patches
6188 bigger than the size limit should be avoided.